(2863,2,'2016-01-23 12:54:19','2016-01-23 20:54:19','The purpose of this article is to list 10 different approaches to drawing children. The first six approaches will consider the age. The last four are more stylistic approaches.\r\n<h2>Consider the Age of the Children</h2>\r\nFirst consider the age and development of the child before you begin. Refer to one of the age groups that I list below for how to draw children. There are instructions for different age groups.\r\n<h3>1. Infants</h3>\r\nNotice the proportions of an infant. The majority of the body is the head and the rest of the body is almost the same size. There is little to no difference between boys and girls.\r\n\r\nDrawing infants or babies is quite simple. You can break it down in a couple of steps.\r\n\r\n<strong>Head:</strong> To create the head, just create one circle for the face and then another circle for the head.\r\n\r\n<strong>Body:</strong> The body should be about an equal size with the head. Figure out how many heads you need for the body.\r\n\r\n<strong>Details:</strong> Draw softly for details like eyebrows, hair, and face features. Draw shapes for the cheeks, eyes, and the outline of the head.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-01-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2858\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2858\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-01-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 01 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-02-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2852\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2852\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-02-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 02 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-03-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2853\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2853\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-03-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 03 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-04-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2849\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2849\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-04-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 04 infant\" width=\"386\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-05-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2854\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2854\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-05-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 05 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-06-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2850\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2850\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-06-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 06 infant\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h3>2. Toddlers</h3>\r\nThere is only a slight difference between infants and toddlers. The largest difference is how big the child is. Depending on the age of the toddler, he or she will still have infant proportions. The overall body shape of a boy and a girl is still very similar.\r\n\r\nNote that toddlers should have a longer body than an infant. So you add a half or a full head, depending on age.\r\n<h3>3. Early Childhood / Kindergarteners</h3>\r\nThere are significant changes at this age. It is possible for children at this age to be approximately one-half the size of an adult. The general body shape is still similar to that of a toddler, but you will start to see a difference.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> It\'s the same idea as drawing a toddler, but taller and older.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> The body shape starts to change. You also begin to notice a difference between girls and boys. Be sure to draw as carefully as possible, or your child will look older than she is.\r\n<h3>4. Elementary School Years</h3>\r\nGirls partially start developing early. Notice also other important changes as children get older.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> Between 3rd grade - 5th grade, boys will catch up with girls and start surpassing them in height. They will also have overall larger bodies.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> Girls will go through a change of body shape again, typically 2 or 3 years before boys.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-07-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2855\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2855\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-07-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 07 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-08-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2859\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2859\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-08-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 08 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-09-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2860\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2860\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-09-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 09 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-10-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2856\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2856\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-10-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 10 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-11-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2857\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2857\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-11-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 11 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-12-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2851\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2851\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-12-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 12 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h3>5. Middle School / Preteen</h3>\r\nProportions are about the same as elementary school kids, but girls are a lot more mature and will start looking like teenagers. There is a wide range so you may need to refer to a different body shape/age group, depending on the child.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> At this age, boys should be about the same size as girls or bigger. However, for the most part, the overall body shape is still the same.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> At this age girls will change quite dramatically as they start blossoming into young ladies.\r\n<h3>6. Teenager/ Young Adult</h3>\r\nThere are key differences for both boys and girls from looking like a teenager to looking like an adult. Both boys and girl still have a young looking appearance in the face. You can do this by creating a slight exaggeration of the eyes, drawing a smoother face, and using softer details, like along the neckline. As you work with a subject who is older, details like the neck are more defined.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-teen.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2862\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2862\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-teen.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children teen\" width=\"800\" height=\"339\" /></a>\r\n<h2>Consider the Style in Which You Want to Draw the Children</h2>\r\n<h3>7. Free Style Drawing or Sketching</h3>\r\nWhen you don’t know how old someone is, look at a reference and draw what you see. Don’t get married to proportions, because certain things give people characteristics and drawing a person “how they are supposed to look\" will give a good sketch of a child but maybe not the person you are drawing.\r\n\r\nUnderstanding that each person\'s physical appearance is different will help you draw someone\'s “character” or personality instead of just a person. Children tend to have certain mannerisms (for example, drawing a child pose like sitting crisscross or playing).\r\n<h3>8. Cartoonlike</h3>\r\nConsider drawing personality traits like being silly, funny, or at play. This will create a more cartoonlike or childlike image. Create slight exaggerations of the body to transform your child into a cartoon which will capture a childlike image.\r\n\r\n<strong>Head:</strong> The head is largely disproportionate compared to the body for a good amount of your life.\r\n\r\n<strong>Eyes:</strong> A slight exaggeration of how big the eyes are will both give the child a more childish look and also a cartoonlike appearance.\r\n\r\n<strong>Body:</strong> Draw the child\'s body like an adult\'s body but a lot smaller. Just think \"make everything smaller.\" Also, knowing the key differences at certain ages will help capture the correct age group.\r\n<h3>9. Children with Family or Environment</h3>\r\nOne of the best ways to draw a child is to draw the child next to someone else. Keep in mind: the smaller the child, the younger they will appear.\r\n\r\nPOSS PHOTOS\r\n<h3>10. Appearance</h3>\r\nConsider clothing, face expressions, being uninventive, or any childlike mannerism you can think of. Drawing a character of that person or capturing that person\'s personality will help not only make your drawing like that person, but will create a sense of realism.\r\n\r\nPOSS PHOTOS','How to Draw Children: 10 Different Approaches','','inherit','closed','closed','','2525-revision-v1','','','2016-01-23 12:54:19','2016-01-23 20:54:19','',2525,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2525-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2861,2,'2016-01-23 11:50:35','2016-01-23 19:50:35','The purpose of this article is to list 10 different approaches to drawing children. The first six approaches will consider the age. The last four are more stylistic approaches.\r\n<h2>Consider the Age of the Children</h2>\r\nFirst consider the age and development of the child before you begin. Refer to one of the age groups that I list below for how to draw children. There are instructions for different age groups.\r\n<h3>1. Infants</h3>\r\nNotice the proportions of an infant. The majority of the body is the head and the rest of the body is almost the same size. There is little to no difference between boys and girls.\r\n\r\nDrawing infants or babies is quite simple. You can break it down in a couple of steps.\r\n\r\n<strong>Head:</strong> To create the head, just create one circle for the face and then another circle for the head.\r\n\r\n<strong>Body:</strong> The body should be about an equal size with the head. Figure out how many heads you need for the body.\r\n\r\n<strong>Details:</strong> Draw softly for details like eyebrows, hair, and face features. Draw shapes for the cheeks, eyes, and the outline of the head.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-01-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2858\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2858\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-01-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 01 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-02-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2852\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2852\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-02-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 02 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-03-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2853\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2853\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-03-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 03 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-04-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2849\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2849\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-04-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 04 infant\" width=\"386\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-05-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2854\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2854\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-05-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 05 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-06-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2850\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2850\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-06-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 06 infant\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h3>2. Toddlers</h3>\r\nThere is only a slight difference between infants and toddlers. The largest difference is how big the child is. Depending on the age of the toddler, he or she will still have infant proportions. The overall body shape of a boy and a girl is still very similar.\r\n\r\nNote that toddlers should have a longer body than an infant. So you add a half or a full head, depending on age.\r\n<h3>3. Early Childhood / Kindergarteners</h3>\r\nThere are significant changes at this age. It is possible for children at this age to be approximately one-half the size of an adult. The general body shape is still similar to that of a toddler, but you will start to see a difference.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> It\'s the same idea as drawing a toddler, but taller and older.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> The body shape starts to change. You also begin to notice a difference between girls and boys. Be sure to draw as carefully as possible, or your child will look older than she is.\r\n<h3>4. Elementary School Years</h3>\r\nGirls partially start developing early. Notice also other important changes as children get older.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> Between 3rd grade - 5th grade, boys will catch up with girls and start surpassing them in height. They will also have overall larger bodies.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> Girls will go through a change of body shape again, typically 2 or 3 years before boys.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-07-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2855\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2855\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-07-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 07 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-08-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2859\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2859\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-08-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 08 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-09-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2860\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2860\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-09-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 09 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-10-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2856\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2856\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-10-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 10 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-11-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2857\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2857\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-11-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 11 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-12-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2851\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2851\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-12-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 12 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h3>5. Middle School / Preteen</h3>\r\nProportions are about the same as elementary school kids, but girls are a lot more mature and will start looking like teenagers. There is a wide range so you may need to refer to a different body shape/age group, depending on the child.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> At this age, boys should be about the same size as girls or bigger. However, for the most part, the overall body shape is still the same.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> At this age girls will change quite dramatically as they start blossoming into young ladies.\r\n<h3>6. Teenager/ Young Adult</h3>\r\nEDITING HERE---\r\n\r\nallot of young girls look like full adults in body but still hold on to a child like face, where boy will change drastically from looking like little kids to looking like a man in body. However ,There are key difference for both boys and girls from looking like a teenager to looking like an adult. Both boys and girl still have a young looking appearance in the face, you can do this buy creating a slight exaggeration of the eyes, drawing a smother face, softer details like neck line. As you get older details like the neck are more defined.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2538\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/13-1-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"13\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2539\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/14-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"14\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />               <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2540\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/15-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"15\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2541\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/16-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"16\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                  <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2542\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/17-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"17\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/18.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone wp-image-2543\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/18-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"18\" width=\"395\" height=\"237\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Consider the Style in Which You Want to Draw the Children</h2>\r\n7. Free style drawing or sketching\r\nWhen you don’t know how old some one is look at a reference and draw what you see. Don’t get married to proportions because certain thing give people characteristic and drawing a person “ how they are supposed to look “ will give a good sketch of a child but maybe not the person you are drawing.\r\nUnderstanding each persons physical appearance is different will help you draw some ones “character” or personality instead of just a person. Children tend to have certain mannerisms for example drawing a child pose thing like sitting crisscross, or playing.\r\n\r\n8. Cartoon like:\r\nconsider drawing personality like being silly, funny, or at play, this will create a more cartoon like or child like image. Create slight exaggerations of the body to transform your child in too a cartoon which will capture a child like image.\r\n\r\nPhysical features\r\nHead : is largely disproportionate compared to the body for a good amount of your life.\r\nEyes : a slight exaggeration of how big the eyes are will both give the child a more childish look and also cartoon like appearance.\r\n\r\nBody: like an adults body but allot smaller, just think make every thing smaller, also knowing the key difference at certain ages will help capture the correct age group.\r\n\r\n9. Children with Family or environment: One of the best ways to draw a child is to draw them next to some one else, keep in mind the smaller the child the younger they will appear.\r\n\r\nPOSS PHOTOS\r\n\r\n10. Appearance: Consider clothing, face exprensitions, being uninventive or any child like mannerism you can think of, drawing a character of that person, or capering that person personality will help not only make your drawing like that person but will create a sense of realism.\r\n\r\nPOSS PHOTOS','How to Draw Children: 10 Different Approaches','','inherit','closed','closed','','2525-revision-v1','','','2016-01-23 11:50:35','2016-01-23 19:50:35','',2525,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2525-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2864,2,'2016-01-23 13:17:03','2016-01-23 21:17:03','The purpose of this article is to list 10 different approaches to drawing children. The first six approaches will consider the age. The last four are more stylistic approaches.\r\n<h2>Consider the Age of the Children</h2>\r\nFirst consider the age and development of the child before you begin. Refer to one of the age groups that I list below for how to draw children. There are instructions for <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/a-look-at-child-proportions-from-toddler-to-teen/\">different age groups</a>.\r\n<h3>1. Infants</h3>\r\nNotice the proportions of an infant. The majority of the body is the head and the rest of the body is almost the same size. There is little to no difference between boys and girls.\r\n\r\nDrawing infants or babies is quite simple. You can break it down in a couple of steps.\r\n\r\n<strong>Head:</strong> To create the head, just create one circle for the face and then another circle for the head.\r\n\r\n<strong>Body:</strong> The body should be about an equal size with the head. Figure out how many heads you need for the body.\r\n\r\n<strong>Details:</strong> Draw softly for details like eyebrows, hair, and face features. Draw shapes for the cheeks, eyes, and the outline of the head.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-01-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2858\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2858\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-01-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 01 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-02-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2852\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2852\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-02-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 02 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-03-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2853\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2853\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-03-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 03 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-04-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2849\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2849\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-04-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 04 infant\" width=\"386\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-05-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2854\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2854\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-05-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 05 infant\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-06-infant.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2850\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2850\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-06-infant.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 06 infant\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h3>2. Toddlers</h3>\r\nThere is only a slight difference between infants and toddlers. The largest difference is how big the child is. Depending on the age of the toddler, he or she will still have infant proportions. The overall body shape of a boy and a girl is still very similar.\r\n\r\nNote that toddlers should have a longer body than an infant. So you add a half or a full head, depending on age.\r\n<h3>3. Early Childhood / Kindergarteners</h3>\r\nThere are significant changes at this age. It is possible for children at this age to be approximately one-half the size of an adult. The general body shape is still similar to that of a toddler, but you will start to see a difference.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> It\'s the same idea as drawing a toddler, but taller and older.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> The body shape starts to change. You also begin to notice a difference between girls and boys. Be sure to draw as carefully as possible, or your child will look older than she is.\r\n<h3>4. Elementary School Years</h3>\r\nGirls partially start developing early. Notice also other important changes as children get older.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> Between 3rd grade - 5th grade, boys will catch up with girls and start surpassing them in height. They will also have overall larger bodies.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> Girls will go through a change of body shape again, typically 2 or 3 years before boys.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-07-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2855\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2855\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-07-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 07 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-08-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2859\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2859\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-08-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 08 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-09-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2860\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2860\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-09-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 09 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-10-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2856\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2856\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-10-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 10 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-11-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2857\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2857\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-11-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 11 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-12-boy.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2851\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2851\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-12-boy.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children 12 boy\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h3>5. Middle School / Preteen</h3>\r\nProportions are about the same as elementary school kids, but girls are a lot more mature and will start looking like teenagers. There is a wide range so you may need to refer to a different body shape/age group, depending on the child.\r\n\r\n<strong>Boys:</strong> At this age, boys should be about the same size as girls or bigger. However, for the most part, the overall body shape is still the same.\r\n\r\n<strong>Girls:</strong> At this age girls will change quite dramatically as they start blossoming into young ladies.\r\n<h3>6. Teenager/ Young Adult</h3>\r\nThere are key differences for both boys and girls from looking like a teenager to looking like an adult. Both boys and girl still have a young looking appearance in the face. You can do this by creating a slight exaggeration of the eyes, drawing a smoother face, and using softer details, like along the neckline. As you work with a subject who is older, details like the neck are more defined.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-teen.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2862\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2862\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-children-teen.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw children teen\" width=\"800\" height=\"339\" /></a>\r\n<h2>Consider the Style in Which You Want to Draw the Children</h2>\r\n<h3>7. Free Style Drawing or Sketching</h3>\r\nWhen you don’t know how old someone is, look at a reference and draw what you see. Don’t get married to proportions, because certain things give people characteristics and drawing a person “how they are supposed to look\" will <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/see-how-to-sketch-a-person-in-4-easy-steps/\">give a good sketch</a> of a child but maybe not the person you are drawing.\r\n\r\nUnderstanding that each person\'s physical appearance is different will help you draw someone\'s “character” or personality instead of just a person. Children tend to have certain mannerisms (for example, drawing a child pose like sitting crisscross or playing).\r\n<h3>8. Cartoonlike</h3>\r\nConsider drawing personality traits like being silly, funny, or at play. This will create a more cartoonlike or childlike image. Create slight exaggerations of the body to transform your child into a cartoon which will capture a childlike image.\r\n\r\n<strong>Head:</strong> The head is largely disproportionate compared to the body for a good amount of your life.\r\n\r\n<strong>Eyes:</strong> A slight exaggeration of how big the eyes are will both give the child a more childish look and also a cartoonlike appearance.\r\n\r\n<strong>Body:</strong> Draw the child\'s body like an adult\'s body but a lot smaller. Just think \"make everything smaller.\" Also, knowing the key differences at certain ages will help capture the correct age group.\r\n<h3>9. Children with Family or Environment</h3>\r\nOne of the best ways to draw a child is to draw the child next to someone else. Keep in mind: the smaller the child, the younger they will appear.\r\n<h3>10. Appearance</h3>\r\nConsider clothing, face expressions, being uninventive, or any childlike mannerism you can think of. Drawing a character of that person or capturing that person\'s personality will help not only make your drawing like that person, but will create a sense of realism.','How to Draw Children: 10 Different Approaches','','inherit','closed','closed','','2525-revision-v1','','','2016-01-23 13:17:03','2016-01-23 21:17:03','',2525,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2525-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2865,2,'2016-01-23 23:20:25','2016-01-24 07:20:25','<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">Welcome to the \"Drawings of Models\" gallery!</p>\r\n<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">Models make a living out of posing for the camera. So, it is only fitting that artists use them to pose for drawings!</p>\r\n<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">When a photographer takes a picture of a model, he or she attempts to capture a particular mood. The artist drawing from a photograph of a model also attempts to capture this same mood, while also capturing the likeness of the model.</p>\r\n<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">If you have<span class=\"apple-converted-space\"> </span><strong><span style=\"font-family: \'Georgia\',\'serif\';\">your own</span></strong> drawing of a model that you want others to view in this gallery,<span class=\"apple-converted-space\"> </span><a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.</p>\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1610,2289,2419\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Drawings of Models','','inherit','closed','closed','','1609-revision-v1','','','2016-01-23 23:20:25','2016-01-24 07:20:25','',1609,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1609-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2868,2,'2016-01-23 23:48:26','2016-01-24 07:48:26','','20150802_123335 featured image','','inherit','open','closed','','20150802_123335-featured-image','','','2016-01-23 23:48:26','2016-01-24 07:48:26','',1609,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/20150802_123335-featured-image.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2867,2,'2016-01-23 23:46:45','2016-01-24 07:46:45','Our faces are made up of different facial features. We have eyes with eyelashes and eyebrows that help convey a certain mood. We have noses of different shapes and sizes. We have mouths that may be smiling, frowning, yelling, or calm. And let\'s not forget the ears and the hair on our heads!\r\n\r\nThis is a gallery where you will not find completed portraits. Instead, you will take a look at drawings that focus only on one or more important features of the face.\r\n\r\nCheck out this gallery if you are struggling with how to draw certain facial features and you want to get inspiration from other artists.\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> facial feature drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a style=\"color: #bf0000;\" title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1265,707,1623,1933,2216,1639,1616\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Facial Features','','inherit','closed','closed','','1298-revision-v1','','','2016-01-23 23:46:45','2016-01-24 07:46:45','',1298,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1298-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2869,2,'2016-01-23 23:54:12','2016-01-24 07:54:12','Our faces are made up of different facial features. We have eyes with eyelashes and eyebrows that help convey a certain mood. We have noses of different shapes and sizes. We have mouths that may be smiling, frowning, yelling, or calm. And let\'s not forget the ears and the hair on our heads!\r\n\r\nThis is a gallery where you will not find completed portraits. Instead, you will take a look at drawings that focus only on one or more important features of the face.\r\n\r\nCheck out this gallery if you are struggling with how to draw certain facial features and you want to get inspiration from other artists.\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> facial feature drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a style=\"color: #bf0000;\" title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1265,707,1623,1933,2216,1639,1616,2590\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Facial Features','','inherit','closed','closed','','1298-revision-v1','','','2016-01-23 23:54:12','2016-01-24 07:54:12','',1298,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1298-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2870,2,'2016-01-24 00:05:24','2016-01-24 08:05:24','As you develop your people-drawing skills and draw people of all shapes, sizes, and ages, you are certain to notice some differences between drawing adults and drawing children. If you are trying to learn how to draw kids and are experiencing some challenges, maybe these portrait drawings of children can help you.\r\n\r\nWhile browsing through the gallery, take time to closely examine the details in the pictures. Take note of the pencil strokes and how the lines and tones help form the larger eyes, rounder faces, or any other trouble spots you may be encountering while trying to draw kids. Check back often for more wonderful drawings of children by our website contributors and visitors, and use them as your inspiration!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> child portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"640,642,645,646,647,648,650,651,652,643,641,1431,1432,1433,1651,1667,1887,2286,2485,2850\" orderby=\"rand\"]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Portrait Drawings of Children','','inherit','closed','closed','','489-revision-v1','','','2016-01-24 00:05:24','2016-01-24 08:05:24','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/489-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2873,2,'2016-01-24 01:19:14','2016-01-24 09:19:14','If you are the kind of person who identifies yourself as someone who cannot draw a straight line, then the idea of drawing a face may be a little daunting to you. The fact is, everybody has <em><strong>some basic level</strong></em> of drawing skill. I suspect that you are even more capable of drawing a face than you may realize.\r\n\r\nLet\'s look at an example of a face that might be drawn by someone who is considered a beginning artist or a non-artist with little drawing skill:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-by-beginner.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2756\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2756\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-by-beginner.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw a face drawing by beginner\" width=\"423\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis drawing includes many common mistakes made by people who struggle when it comes to drawing a face. Even if this is what you consider as the extent of your drawing capabilities, this is a good thing! This can be used as a foundation for creating a more impressive face drawing. The reason that some drawings look more professional or more appealing than others is very simple - attention to detail!\r\n\r\nThe goal of this one lesson is not to take you from a beginning artist to someone who can create a breathtaking portrait drawing that looks like a photograph. That does not happen in one day (although it <strong><em>can happen</em></strong> much sooner than you think).\r\n\r\nWe are not dealing with any complicated shading or blending techniques here. The goal of this lesson is to show you how to draw a face by bringing more attention to detail to what you are already doing - your line drawings. A line drawing is a drawing made up of lines and little to no shading.\r\n\r\nThe more detail you add to a simple line drawing, the more it will <strong><em>gradually</em></strong> take on a realistic appearance. How do you know which details to add? It all begins by studying faces and different facial features with careful observations.\r\n<h2><strong>Details to Look for When Drawing a Face</strong></h2>\r\nTo help trigger your powers of observation and begin to add those subtle little details to your drawings, I have come up with a list of 15 details beginning artists commonly overlook when they draw a face. Let\'s see how adding these 15 simple little tweaks to the drawing example above can improve our face drawing a bit.\r\n<h3><strong>1. Inner Corners of the Eyes</strong></h3>\r\nLet\'s look carefully at this image of an eye. What do you notice at the inner corner of the eye?\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2670\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2670 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw a face photo inner corner eye\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\nThis pink nodule is often mistakenly called a tear duct. In actuality, the tear ducts are located just above and below it. The technical term for one of these is “lacrimal caruncle”. Regardless of what it should be called, you should always draw this little nodule at the inner corner of each eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2702\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2702\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw a face drawing inner corner eye\" width=\"800\" height=\"313\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>2. Rim of the Eyelid</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">All too often, people draw the almond shape of the eye and leave it at that. Then <strong>if</strong> they remember to draw eyelashes, they draw the eyelashes from this border of the eye, leaving a very unnatural look.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2703\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2703\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face drawing inner rim nonexample\" width=\"330\" height=\"184\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Upon closer examination of an eye, you see a rim of skin around the top and bottom. This rim of skin serves as the top and bottom of the eyelids.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelid-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2669\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2669 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelid-rim.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face photo eyelid rim\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Be sure to draw this rim around the top and bottom of your eye. Then when you do draw the eyelashes correctly later, they will spring from the eyes more naturally.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2704\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2704\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face drawing inner rim\" width=\"800\" height=\"178\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>3. Highlights in the Eyes</strong></h3>\r\nWhen you are drawing eyes, you should always be in the habit of drawing the iris and pupil of each eye. Beginning artists very often draw an iris but no pupil. The ones that do draw both tend to leave out a third element - the highlight.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-highlight.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2671\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2671 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-highlight.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw a face photo highlight\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\nA highlight usually overlaps both the iris and pupil, but it can be located anywhere on the eye depending on the light source. It is often circular but can take on other shapes as well. If I am drawing without a reference photograph, I have always found you cannot go wrong with a circular highlight along the iris-pupil border. If you are not used to doing it, this one little detail alone can make a significant difference to your line drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-highlight.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2713\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2713\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-highlight.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw a face drawing highlight\" width=\"800\" height=\"190\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: left;\"><strong>4. Eyebrow Hairs</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The eyebrow is not one solid clump of mass. Therefore, you should not draw eyebrows as a harsh border and shaded in with solid or zigzag color, like this...</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2719\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2719\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw a face drawing eyebrow nonexample\" width=\"800\" height=\"120\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Rather, the eyebrow is a collection of individual hairs that happen to be living close together, flowing together in generally the same direction.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyebrow.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2672\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2672 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyebrow.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw a face photo eyebrow\" width=\"800\" height=\"330\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Instead of drawing an eyebrow, draw the hairs that make up the eyebrow. Use pencil strokes the same length as the individual hairs of each eyebrow. Draw in the same direction as the hair growth. Give the border a natural appearance by making evident some loose strands that are independent of each other.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2717\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2717\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw a face drawing eyebrow\" width=\"800\" height=\"123\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>5. Eyelash Length</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Eyelashes are not perfectly straight, they are not equally spaced from each other, and they are not all the same length like in our example...</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2703\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2703 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face drawing inner rim nonexample\" width=\"330\" height=\"184\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Eyelashes curve and taper from the rim of the eyelid (remember that rim we drew earlier?). Some are intertwined and other grow away from each other. More importantly, some are long and some are short.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelashes.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2668\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2668 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelashes.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw a face photo eyelashes\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Carefully study your subject to get the length of the eyelashes just right. If you are not drawing from a single reference photograph, look at several examples of eyelashes in photos of different people. I like to use the eyelids as a reference for how long I should draw the eyelashes. For example, do the top eyelashes extend beyond the top of the eyelid? In the example above, many of them do. Let\'s try to fix our drawing to create a similar appearance.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyelashes.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2710\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2710\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyelashes.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw a face drawing eyelashes\" width=\"800\" height=\"210\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>6. Top of the Bridge of the Nose</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The way the top of the nose protrudes from the face varies from person to person. Sometimes it is very subtle, other times not so much. You do not have to be drawing a profile picture to see this. You can even get a sense of this with a direct frontal view of someone. Just look at these two examples. Even the depth of the eye sockets gives a sense of protrusion.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2676\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2676\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw a face photo nose top bridge\" width=\"800\" height=\"180\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">When many novice artists draw faces, so much attention is given to the bottom of the nose, leaving the top of the nose neglected. Keep this top region of the nose in mind when you draw faces. Think about how the bridge of your subject’s nose connects to the bottom of the forehead. Indicate if there is an obvious crease or slope. Consider how the eye sockets curve into the bridge.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2708\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2708\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw a face drawing nose top bridge\" width=\"641\" height=\"364\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>7. Wings of the Nose</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">As mentioned previously, more attention is often given to the bottom area of the nose. That being said, it still remains a major point of frustration for a lot of beginners. Drawing the nostrils can be especially bothersome if you are drawing two dark circles and wondering why the nose does not look right...</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2720\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2720\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw a face drawing nostrils nonexample\" width=\"444\" height=\"311\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The nostrils are not just two holes poked into a single lump of flesh. The nose has several components that work together to form the nostrils. The major players in the creation of the nostrils are the \"wings\" of cartilage that curve from the tip and form those openings that we so lovingly call nostrils.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nostrils.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2677\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2677\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nostrils.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw a face photo nostrils\" width=\"489\" height=\"339\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Think about how these wings are to be shaped. Draw each wing so that it looks folded and leaves an opening. This opening will be a more natural-looking nostril for your line drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2716\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2716\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw a face drawing nostrils\" width=\"483\" height=\"283\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/face-drawing-checklist-lm-post/\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2871\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2871\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/lm-face-drawing-checklist-text-ad-box.gif\" alt=\"lm face drawing checklist text ad box\" width=\"600\" height=\"225\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>8. Dip on the Top Lip</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">If you look along the top border of a top lip, you will likely notice a dip directly under the nose. It kind of makes the border of the top lip look like an elongated letter \"M\", grabbed at both legs and stretched out wide.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-top-lip-dip.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2682\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2682\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-top-lip-dip.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw a face photo top lip dip\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Between this \"M\" and the nose, you should also notice a slight depression in the skin. Be sure to reflect both of these traits in your drawing as best as you can.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-top-lip-dip.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2718\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2718\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-top-lip-dip.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw a face drawing top lip dip\" width=\"491\" height=\"177\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>9. Line around the Lip</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Depending on your subject, sometimes there is a little pale trim or ring that hugs the border of the upper lip. You might see it around the lower lip as well.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2683\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2683\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-rim.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw a face photo lip rim\" width=\"800\" height=\"389\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Again depending on the subject, it may or may not be that noticeable. I have noticed it enough times that I find myself looking for it in new reference photographs as I draw new faces. If you notice it and add it to your drawing, that will be one additional piece of detail that could potentially enhance your drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2715\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2715\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-rim.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw a face drawing lip rim\" width=\"559\" height=\"263\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>10. Corners of the Mouth</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Whether it be a smile, smirk, or frown, those facial muscles at the corners of the mouth play an important part in expressing your subject\'s mood. The little lines that form these muscles can also be very unique from person to person.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2685\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2685\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw a face photo corners of mouth\" width=\"800\" height=\"336\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Try to imitate the lines you see at the corners of the mouth as closely as possible. Draw dimples if you see them. Include any smile lines that originate from the nose too. This can really help develop the likeness and recognizability of the person you are drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2709\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2709\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw a face drawing corners of mouth\" width=\"652\" height=\"509\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>11. Grooves in the Lips</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Look closely enough at a pair of lips, and you will see vertical little grooves that line both the top and bottom. Some stand out more than others, but they are usually apparent on some level on all lips.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-grooves.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2686\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2686\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-grooves.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw a face photo lip grooves\" width=\"800\" height=\"336\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Although these little grooves are not very obvious at a distance, it does not hurt to add a few. Of course if you are drawing a close-up image, a few more might be appropriate. Even then, you still should not feel the need to overdo it with these.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-grooves.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2714\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2714\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-grooves.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw a face drawing lip grooves\" width=\"670\" height=\"274\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>12. Helix</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Drawing ears can easily be a trouble spot for many people, but they don\'t have to be with a couple of well thought out lines. If you are drawing the frontal view of a face, you may barely be able to see the ear anyway. Nevertheless, you will still likely see the helix, which is the outer band of cartilage that establishes the shape of the ear.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-helix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2687\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2687\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-helix-179x300.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw a face photo helix\" width=\"298\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Make sure the shape of the ear looks right by first making sure the ear is long enough. It should be roughly the length of the nose. Then draw the rim just inside the border of the ear and parallel to it. Notice how it tapers off toward the bottom.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-helix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2711\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2711\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-helix.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw a face drawing helix\" width=\"800\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>13. Antihelix</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The antihelix is the curve of cartilage adjacent to the helix.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-antihelix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2690\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2690\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-antihelix.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw a face photo antihelix\" width=\"500\" height=\"470\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Whenever you draw the helix, half the work of the antihelix is done (sometimes). If you are drawing a profile shot with a more direct view of the ear, you would have to more carefully study and draw the curves and shapes characteristic of your subject’s ear. If it is a frontal view drawing like in our example, you might have to indicate it with a slight overlap of the helix line, as seen in the above photograph on the right.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-antihelix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2712\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2712\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-antihelix.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw a face drawing antihelix\" width=\"800\" height=\"321\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>14. Overlapping Hair</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Just like you should draw a collection of hairs that make the eyebrows, you should draw a collection of hairs to draw the hair on the head. Obviously these hairs are much longer than eyebrow hairs, so there might be a lot more overlap.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-hair-overlap.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2691\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2691\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-hair-overlap.jpg\" alt=\"14 how to draw a face photo hair overlap\" width=\"458\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Look for sections of hair that overlap other sections. Draw strands that represent a natural, loose flow. Don\'t feel the need to draw each individual strand or the entire length of a strand. You can draw them at their source on the scalp, at their destination, and at a length or two along the way, especially where they might be overlapping other hairs.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-hair-overlap.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2706\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2706\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-hair-overlap.jpg\" alt=\"14 how to draw a face drawing hair overlap\" width=\"423\" height=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>15. Loose Strands on the Outer Edges</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Look for strands of hair that separate themselves from the overall mass. These strands are commonly visible along the outside edges.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-loose-strands.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2692\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2692\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-loose-strands.jpg\" alt=\"15 how to draw a face photo loose strands\" width=\"458\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">You might notice an abundance of these loose strands or not many at all, depending on the hairstyle. Again, there is no need to draw every strand that you see. Drawing just a few of these runaway hairs can add that final touch of authenticity to a line drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-loose-strands.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2725\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2725\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-loose-strands.jpg\" alt=\"15 how to draw a face drawing loose strands\" width=\"428\" height=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h2 style=\"text-align: left;\"><strong>How to Make These Tips a Habit</strong></h2>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">So after beginning with a basic drawing and applying these 15 details, here is the before and after result:</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-face-drawing-tips-before-and-after.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2753\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2753\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-face-drawing-tips-before-and-after.jpg\" alt=\"15 face drawing tips before and after\" width=\"800\" height=\"533\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">You should be able to check for and add these 15 things in your drawing no matter how much of a beginner you are. I hope you find these tips helpful in improving your drawing, even if it\'s a little.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Understandably, it could be difficult getting used to remembering and drawing all of these little detail tips every time you draw a face. This is especially true if you have a habit of drawing a certain way and have been doing so for a long time.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">So how do you make a new habit? You have to be consistent at repeating the desired task over and over until it becomes routine.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">To help you remember how to draw a face with these face-drawing details so they are no longer overlooked, I want you to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/face-drawing-checklist-lm-post\">have a copy of my <strong>\"Face-Drawing Checklist\"</strong></a>. Not only does it have all 15 tips I covered in this post, but there are 7 additional detail tips to look for that I did not cover here - 22 in all. You can download it in the box at the end of this post.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">My recommendation is to establish a disciplined routine of drawing at least one face per day. Keep the checklist close by as you draw each face. You should see progress in the quality of your face drawings over the course of a week. You will undoubtedly begin to notice <em><strong>even more</strong></em> little facial feature details that you did not notice before. Steadily over time, the more of these little details you add to your drawings, the better they will become!</p>','Don\'t Leave These 15 Commonly Overlooked Details Out of Your Face Drawing','','inherit','closed','closed','','2645-revision-v1','','','2016-01-24 01:19:14','2016-01-24 09:19:14','',2645,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2645-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2872,2,'2016-01-24 00:18:59','2016-01-24 08:18:59','If you are the kind of person who identifies yourself as someone who cannot draw a straight line, then the idea of drawing a face may be a little daunting to you. The fact is, everybody has <em><strong>some basic level</strong></em> of drawing skill. I suspect that you are even more capable of drawing a face than you may realize.\r\n\r\nLet\'s look at an example of a face that might be drawn by someone who is considered a beginning artist or a non-artist with little drawing skill:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-by-beginner.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2756\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2756\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-by-beginner.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw a face drawing by beginner\" width=\"423\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis drawing includes many common mistakes made by people who struggle when it comes to drawing a face. Even if this is what you consider as the extent of your drawing capabilities, this is a good thing! This can be used as a foundation for creating a more impressive face drawing. The reason that some drawings look more professional or more appealing than others is very simple - attention to detail!\r\n\r\nThe goal of this one lesson is not to take you from a beginning artist to someone who can create a breathtaking portrait drawing that looks like a photograph. That does not happen in one day (although it <strong><em>can happen</em></strong> much sooner than you think).\r\n\r\nWe are not dealing with any complicated shading or blending techniques here. The goal of this lesson is to show you how to draw a face by bringing more attention to detail to what you are already doing - your line drawings. A line drawing is a drawing made up of lines and little to no shading.\r\n\r\nThe more detail you add to a simple line drawing, the more it will <strong><em>gradually</em></strong> take on a realistic appearance. How do you know which details to add? It all begins by studying faces and different facial features with careful observations.\r\n<h2><strong>Details to Look for When Drawing a Face</strong></h2>\r\nTo help trigger your powers of observation and begin to add those subtle little details to your drawings, I have come up with a list of 15 details beginning artists commonly overlook when they draw a face. Let\'s see how adding these 15 simple little tweaks to the drawing example above can improve our face drawing a bit.\r\n<h3><strong>1. Inner Corners of the Eyes</strong></h3>\r\nLet\'s look carefully at this image of an eye. What do you notice at the inner corner of the eye?\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2670\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2670 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw a face photo inner corner eye\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\nThis pink nodule is often mistakenly called a tear duct. In actuality, the tear ducts are located just above and below it. The technical term for one of these is “lacrimal caruncle”. Regardless of what it should be called, you should always draw this little nodule at the inner corner of each eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2702\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2702\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/01-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-corner-eye.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw a face drawing inner corner eye\" width=\"800\" height=\"313\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>2. Rim of the Eyelid</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">All too often, people draw the almond shape of the eye and leave it at that. Then <strong>if</strong> they remember to draw eyelashes, they draw the eyelashes from this border of the eye, leaving a very unnatural look.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2703\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2703\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face drawing inner rim nonexample\" width=\"330\" height=\"184\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Upon closer examination of an eye, you see a rim of skin around the top and bottom. This rim of skin serves as the top and bottom of the eyelids.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelid-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2669\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2669 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelid-rim.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face photo eyelid rim\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Be sure to draw this rim around the top and bottom of your eye. Then when you do draw the eyelashes correctly later, they will spring from the eyes more naturally.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2704\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2704\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face drawing inner rim\" width=\"800\" height=\"178\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>3. Highlights in the Eyes</strong></h3>\r\nWhen you are drawing eyes, you should always be in the habit of drawing the iris and pupil of each eye. Beginning artists very often draw an iris but no pupil. The ones that do draw both tend to leave out a third element - the highlight.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-highlight.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2671\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2671 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-highlight.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw a face photo highlight\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\nA highlight usually overlaps both the iris and pupil, but it can be located anywhere on the eye depending on the light source. It is often circular but can take on other shapes as well. If I am drawing without a reference photograph, I have always found you cannot go wrong with a circular highlight along the iris-pupil border. If you are not used to doing it, this one little detail alone can make a significant difference to your line drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-highlight.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2713\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2713\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/03-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-highlight.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw a face drawing highlight\" width=\"800\" height=\"190\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: left;\"><strong>4. Eyebrow Hairs</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The eyebrow is not one solid clump of mass. Therefore, you should not draw eyebrows as a harsh border and shaded in with solid or zigzag color, like this...</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2719\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2719\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw a face drawing eyebrow nonexample\" width=\"800\" height=\"120\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Rather, the eyebrow is a collection of individual hairs that happen to be living close together, flowing together in generally the same direction.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyebrow.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2672\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2672 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyebrow.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw a face photo eyebrow\" width=\"800\" height=\"330\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Instead of drawing an eyebrow, draw the hairs that make up the eyebrow. Use pencil strokes the same length as the individual hairs of each eyebrow. Draw in the same direction as the hair growth. Give the border a natural appearance by making evident some loose strands that are independent of each other.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2717\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2717\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/04-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyebrow.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw a face drawing eyebrow\" width=\"800\" height=\"123\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>5. Eyelash Length</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Eyelashes are not perfectly straight, they are not equally spaced from each other, and they are not all the same length like in our example...</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2703\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2703 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/02-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-inner-rim-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw a face drawing inner rim nonexample\" width=\"330\" height=\"184\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Eyelashes curve and taper from the rim of the eyelid (remember that rim we drew earlier?). Some are intertwined and other grow away from each other. More importantly, some are long and some are short.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelashes.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2668\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2668 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-eyelashes.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw a face photo eyelashes\" width=\"800\" height=\"591\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Carefully study your subject to get the length of the eyelashes just right. If you are not drawing from a single reference photograph, look at several examples of eyelashes in photos of different people. I like to use the eyelids as a reference for how long I should draw the eyelashes. For example, do the top eyelashes extend beyond the top of the eyelid? In the example above, many of them do. Let\'s try to fix our drawing to create a similar appearance.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyelashes.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2710\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2710\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/05-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-eyelashes.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw a face drawing eyelashes\" width=\"800\" height=\"210\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>6. Top of the Bridge of the Nose</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The way the top of the nose protrudes from the face varies from person to person. Sometimes it is very subtle, other times not so much. You do not have to be drawing a profile picture to see this. You can even get a sense of this with a direct frontal view of someone. Just look at these two examples. Even the depth of the eye sockets gives a sense of protrusion.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2676\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2676\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw a face photo nose top bridge\" width=\"800\" height=\"180\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">When many novice artists draw faces, so much attention is given to the bottom of the nose, leaving the top of the nose neglected. Keep this top region of the nose in mind when you draw faces. Think about how the bridge of your subject’s nose connects to the bottom of the forehead. Indicate if there is an obvious crease or slope. Consider how the eye sockets curve into the bridge.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2708\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2708\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/06-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nose-top-bridge.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw a face drawing nose top bridge\" width=\"641\" height=\"364\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>7. Wings of the Nose</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">As mentioned previously, more attention is often given to the bottom area of the nose. That being said, it still remains a major point of frustration for a lot of beginners. Drawing the nostrils can be especially bothersome if you are drawing two dark circles and wondering why the nose does not look right...</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils-nonexample.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2720\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2720\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils-nonexample.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw a face drawing nostrils nonexample\" width=\"444\" height=\"311\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The nostrils are not just two holes poked into a single lump of flesh. The nose has several components that work together to form the nostrils. The major players in the creation of the nostrils are the \"wings\" of cartilage that curve from the tip and form those openings that we so lovingly call nostrils.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nostrils.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2677\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2677\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-nostrils.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw a face photo nostrils\" width=\"489\" height=\"339\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Think about how these wings are to be shaped. Draw each wing so that it looks folded and leaves an opening. This opening will be a more natural-looking nostril for your line drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2716\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2716\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/07-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-nostrils.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw a face drawing nostrils\" width=\"483\" height=\"283\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/face-drawing-checklist-lm-post/\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2871\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2871\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/lm-face-drawing-checklist-text-ad-box.gif\" alt=\"lm face drawing checklist text ad box\" width=\"600\" height=\"225\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>8. Dip on the Top Lip</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">If you look along the top border of a top lip, you will likely notice a dip directly under the nose. It kind of makes the border of the top lip look like an elongated letter \"M\", grabbed at both legs and stretched out wide.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-top-lip-dip.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2682\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2682\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-top-lip-dip.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw a face photo top lip dip\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Between this \"M\" and the nose, you should also notice a slight depression in the skin. Be sure to reflect both of these traits in your drawing as best as you can.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-top-lip-dip.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2718\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2718\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/08-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-top-lip-dip.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw a face drawing top lip dip\" width=\"491\" height=\"177\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>9. Line around the Lip</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Depending on your subject, sometimes there is a little pale trim or ring that hugs the border of the upper lip. You might see it around the lower lip as well.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2683\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2683\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-rim.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw a face photo lip rim\" width=\"800\" height=\"389\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Again depending on the subject, it may or may not be that noticeable. I have noticed it enough times that I find myself looking for it in new reference photographs as I draw new faces. If you notice it and add it to your drawing, that will be one additional piece of detail that could potentially enhance your drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-rim.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2715\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2715\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/09-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-rim.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw a face drawing lip rim\" width=\"559\" height=\"263\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>10. Corners of the Mouth</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Whether it be a smile, smirk, or frown, those facial muscles at the corners of the mouth play an important part in expressing your subject\'s mood. The little lines that form these muscles can also be very unique from person to person.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2685\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2685\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw a face photo corners of mouth\" width=\"800\" height=\"336\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Try to imitate the lines you see at the corners of the mouth as closely as possible. Draw dimples if you see them. Include any smile lines that originate from the nose too. This can really help develop the likeness and recognizability of the person you are drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2709\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2709\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/10-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-corners-of-mouth.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw a face drawing corners of mouth\" width=\"652\" height=\"509\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>11. Grooves in the Lips</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Look closely enough at a pair of lips, and you will see vertical little grooves that line both the top and bottom. Some stand out more than others, but they are usually apparent on some level on all lips.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-grooves.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2686\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2686\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-lip-grooves.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw a face photo lip grooves\" width=\"800\" height=\"336\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Although these little grooves are not very obvious at a distance, it does not hurt to add a few. Of course if you are drawing a close-up image, a few more might be appropriate. Even then, you still should not feel the need to overdo it with these.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-grooves.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2714\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2714\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/11-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-lip-grooves.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw a face drawing lip grooves\" width=\"670\" height=\"274\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>12. Helix</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Drawing ears can easily be a trouble spot for many people, but they don\'t have to be with a couple of well thought out lines. If you are drawing the frontal view of a face, you may barely be able to see the ear anyway. Nevertheless, you will still likely see the helix, which is the outer band of cartilage that establishes the shape of the ear.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-helix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2687\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2687\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-helix-179x300.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw a face photo helix\" width=\"298\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Make sure the shape of the ear looks right by first making sure the ear is long enough. It should be roughly the length of the nose. Then draw the rim just inside the border of the ear and parallel to it. Notice how it tapers off toward the bottom.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-helix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2711\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2711\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-helix.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw a face drawing helix\" width=\"800\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>13. Antihelix</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">The antihelix is the curve of cartilage adjacent to the helix.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-antihelix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2690\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2690\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-antihelix.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw a face photo antihelix\" width=\"500\" height=\"470\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Whenever you draw the helix, half the work of the antihelix is done (sometimes). If you are drawing a profile shot with a more direct view of the ear, you would have to more carefully study and draw the curves and shapes characteristic of your subject’s ear. If it is a frontal view drawing like in our example, you might have to indicate it with a slight overlap of the helix line, as seen in the above photograph on the right.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-antihelix.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2712\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2712\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/13-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-antihelix.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw a face drawing antihelix\" width=\"800\" height=\"321\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>14. Overlapping Hair</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Just like you should draw a collection of hairs that make the eyebrows, you should draw a collection of hairs to draw the hair on the head. Obviously these hairs are much longer than eyebrow hairs, so there might be a lot more overlap.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-hair-overlap.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2691\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2691\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-hair-overlap.jpg\" alt=\"14 how to draw a face photo hair overlap\" width=\"458\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Look for sections of hair that overlap other sections. Draw strands that represent a natural, loose flow. Don\'t feel the need to draw each individual strand or the entire length of a strand. You can draw them at their source on the scalp, at their destination, and at a length or two along the way, especially where they might be overlapping other hairs.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-hair-overlap.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2706\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2706\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/14-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-hair-overlap.jpg\" alt=\"14 how to draw a face drawing hair overlap\" width=\"423\" height=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><strong>15. Loose Strands on the Outer Edges</strong></h3>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Look for strands of hair that separate themselves from the overall mass. These strands are commonly visible along the outside edges.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-loose-strands.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2692\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2692\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-photo-loose-strands.jpg\" alt=\"15 how to draw a face photo loose strands\" width=\"458\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">You might notice an abundance of these loose strands or not many at all, depending on the hairstyle. Again, there is no need to draw every strand that you see. Drawing just a few of these runaway hairs can add that final touch of authenticity to a line drawing.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-loose-strands.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2725\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2725\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-how-to-draw-a-face-drawing-loose-strands.jpg\" alt=\"15 how to draw a face drawing loose strands\" width=\"428\" height=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h2 style=\"text-align: left;\"><strong>How to Make These Tips a Habit</strong></h2>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">So after beginning with a basic drawing and applying these 15 details, here is the before and after result:</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-face-drawing-tips-before-and-after.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2753\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2753\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/15-face-drawing-tips-before-and-after.jpg\" alt=\"15 face drawing tips before and after\" width=\"800\" height=\"533\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">You should be able to check for and add these 15 things in your drawing no matter how much of a beginner you are. I hope you find these tips helpful in improving your drawing, even if it\'s a little.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">Understandably, it could be difficult getting used to remembering and drawing all of these little detail tips every time you draw a face. This is especially true if you have a habit of drawing a certain way and have been doing so for a long time.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">So how do you make a new habit? You have to be consistent at repeating the desired task over and over until it becomes routine.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">To help you remember how to draw a face with these face-drawing details so they are no longer overlooked, I want you to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/face-drawing-checklist-lm-post\">have a copy of my <strong>\"Face-Drawing Checklist\"</strong></a>. Not only does it have all 15 tips I covered in this post, but there are 7 additional detail tips to look for that I did not cover here - 22 in all. You can download it in the box at the end of this post.</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: left;\">My recommendation is to establish a disciplined routine of drawing at least one face per day. Keep the checklist close by as you draw each face. You should see progress in the quality of your face drawings over the course of a week. You will undoubtedly begin to notice <em><strong>even more</strong></em> little facial feature details that you did not notice before. Steadily over time, the more of these little details you add to your drawings, the better they will become!</p>','Don\'t Leave These 15 Commonly Overlooked Details Out of Your Face Drawing','','inherit','closed','closed','','2645-revision-v1','','','2016-01-24 00:18:59','2016-01-24 08:18:59','',2645,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2645-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2877,2,'2016-01-27 05:28:45','2016-01-27 13:28:45','','Scan0010-1','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0010-1','','','2016-01-27 05:28:45','2016-01-27 13:28:45','',2549,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2878,2,'2016-01-27 05:28:47','2016-01-27 13:28:47','','Scan0001-3','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0001-3-2','','','2016-01-27 05:28:47','2016-01-27 13:28:47','',2549,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-3-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2879,2,'2016-01-27 06:13:44','2016-01-27 14:13:44','Well kiddies, it’s that time again. Time to do some more art! This time we’re going to look at shading a drawing of a man.\r\n\r\nThe art world has put a lot of attention on female models and heroines in my opinion. I don’t think men get the same attention – could be that the majority of artists are men and they are more prone to draw women than men? Who can blame them?\r\n\r\nI, myself, LOVE drawing/painting women but I still make time to do or add a man in a painting. It may take me more time to do a guy in a painting because of the lack of motivation, but I have to diversify. With that being said, let’s hop on it!\r\n<h2>Defining the Contour Outline of a Man</h2>\r\nOK, so the first thing we’re doing here is beginning with a contour outline. Not much to say here except please keep in mind that if you’re going to draw men, we all have a much more “square” jaw than women. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-women-that-really-look-like-women/\">Women</a> and their bodies tend to have “round” figures and men have square, chiseled figures. It’s not too obvious but it’s something to keep in mind when drawing the different sexes. The shapes can be mostly seen in the bodies and face (again they’re very subtle; nothing big).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2878\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2878\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"800\" height=\"566\" /></a>\r\n<h2>How to Shade the Eyes</h2>\r\nOK, so the first facial body part I’m going to tackle is the eyes. I ALWAYS start with the eyes with any model, drawing, or painting. There’s something magical when doing the eyes. When I’m usually done with the eyes, it sets the mood for the drawing/painting. They say that the eyes are the windows to the soul. I say, the eyes are the beginning of a drawing/painting.\r\n\r\nWhen <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-an-eye-realistically-part-1-of-4/\">working on the eyes</a>, it’s best to add some darker line to the outside of the eyes just to establish the sketch. You then want to draw in the iris. You also want to draw in the pupil some but keep in mind we have to add a little feature to the eye before we start shading it in. Draw in a circle or a square where the pupil and iris meet. This will be your eye highlight. Basically make sure that it’s a little bit in both the iris and pupil. You then color in the iris using a 6B or darker pencil and then use a tortillion to color in the iris.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2551\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2551\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"237\" height=\"92\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhen this is done, please do not forget to use the tortillion to add some shade to the upper regions of the eyeball to illustrate some shading coming from the upper eyelid. You can then pencil in the eyelid crease and eyebrows at this point. Sometimes I do or I wait until I start directly on the face itself. Same thing goes with the shading on the eyeball itself.\r\n<h2>How to Shade the Mouth</h2>\r\nWorking on the mouth is fairly simple. Just like the eye, darken the outline just a little bit and then start working on the lips.\r\n\r\nWhen working on men’s lips, I have a different approach. When it’s a woman I’m working on, I tend to work directly on her lower lip to illustrate fullness and color. With men, I usually don’t work directly on their lip. Instead I work on the little bit of shadow that the lower lip portrays followed by some line for the lower lip.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2552\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2552\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"237\" height=\"92\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe upper lip is shaded fully. Again I use a tortillion to color in some graphite. You can use a pencil as well and I’m thinking you may need to use a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">2B to 3H pencil</a>. The upper lip is always portrayed darker than the lower lip.\r\n\r\nIf the portrait happens to illustrate some teeth, make sure you use broken, faded lines to show the teeth and add just a little bit of shade to them. Near the corners of the mouth, the color needs to fade some into a darker contrast but not that much. Also, any showing of the inside of the mouth should be dark.\r\n<h2>How to Shade the Hair</h2>\r\nFun part! That’s right people, it\'s hair time! The first part of doing the hair is to shade it in using a 3H pencil. You then take a tortillion or non-lotion tissue and blend it into the paper, keeping in mind to stay within the lines.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2553\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2553\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"723\" height=\"559\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe next part is to add darker tone to the hair. Here you just use a darker pencil (6B or darker) to add dark tone features. There’s no need to color it. We will blend the dark tone into the hair soon enough. Just focus on putting dark tone in areas where the hair illustrates it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0005-2.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2554\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2554\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0005-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen the dark tone is properly placed in the spots that are acceptable, blend it. Please note when <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-hair-brunette-and-blonde/\">blending hair</a>, you need to blend as if you are almost drawing. You need to blend in the direction of the strokes to make the portrait look more realistic and believable. I would say using a tortillion is the best tool for this particular job. It’s more accurate and more controllable.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0006-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2555\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2555\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0006-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n<h2>Shading the Rest of the Drawing</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then work on the nose followed by the face. I first smudge the nose lines where the original sketch line was followed with some smudging directly on the nose area.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0007-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2556\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2556\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0007-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then add pencil strokes around the face area and then go back and smudge with a tissue.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0008-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2557\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2557\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0008-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI continue this process for the whole body…..\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2876\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2876\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009-1\" width=\"800\" height=\"548\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I work on is the ax. I didn’t put in a lot of effort on this because this lesson focuses on how to draw the guy, not the axe.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2877\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2877\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010-1\" width=\"800\" height=\"548\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNow that the drawing is done, I hope everyone could get something out of this. Until the next lesson!','How to Shade a Drawing of a Man','','inherit','closed','closed','','2549-revision-v1','','','2016-01-27 06:13:44','2016-01-27 14:13:44','',2549,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2549-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2880,2,'2016-01-27 06:24:27','2016-01-27 14:24:27','Well kiddies, it’s that time again. Time to do some more art! This time we’re going to look at shading a drawing of a man.\r\n\r\nThe art world has put a lot of attention on female models and heroines in my opinion. I don’t think men get the same attention – could be that the majority of artists are men and they are more prone to draw women than men? Who can blame them?\r\n\r\nI, myself, LOVE drawing/painting women but I still make time to do or add a man in a painting. It may take me more time to do a guy in a painting because of the lack of motivation, but I have to diversify. With that being said, let’s hop on it!\r\n<h2>Defining the Contour Outline of a Man</h2>\r\nOK, so the first thing we’re doing here is beginning with a contour outline. Not much to say here except please keep in mind that if you’re going to draw men, we all have a much more “square” jaw than women. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-women-that-really-look-like-women/\">Women</a> and their bodies tend to have “round” figures and men have square, chiseled figures. It’s not too obvious but it’s something to keep in mind when drawing the different sexes. The shapes can be mostly seen in the bodies and face (again they’re very subtle; nothing big).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2878\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2878\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"800\" height=\"566\" /></a>\r\n<h2>How to Shade the Eyes</h2>\r\nOK, so the first facial body part I’m going to tackle is the eyes. I ALWAYS start with the eyes with any model, drawing, or painting. There’s something magical when doing the eyes. When I’m usually done with the eyes, it sets the mood for the drawing/painting. They say that the eyes are the windows to the soul. I say, the eyes are the beginning of a drawing/painting.\r\n\r\nWhen <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-an-eye-realistically-part-1-of-4/\">working on the eyes</a>, it’s best to add some darker line to the outside of the eyes just to establish the sketch. You then want to draw in the iris. You also want to draw in the pupil some but keep in mind we have to add a little feature to the eye before we start shading it in. Draw in a circle or a square where the pupil and iris meet. This will be your eye highlight. Basically make sure that it’s a little bit in both the iris and pupil. You then color in the iris using a 6B or darker pencil and then use a tortillion to color in the iris.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2551\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2551\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"237\" height=\"92\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhen this is done, please do not forget to use the tortillion to add some shade to the upper regions of the eyeball to illustrate some shading coming from the upper eyelid. You can then pencil in the eyelid crease and eyebrows at this point. Sometimes I do or I wait until I start directly on the face itself. Same thing goes with the shading on the eyeball itself.\r\n<h2>How to Shade the Mouth</h2>\r\nWorking on the mouth is fairly simple. Just like the eye, darken the outline just a little bit and then start working on the lips.\r\n\r\nWhen working on men’s lips, I have a different approach. When it’s a woman I’m working on, I tend to work directly on her lower lip to illustrate fullness and color. With men, I usually don’t work directly on their lip. Instead I work on the little bit of shadow that the lower lip portrays followed by some line for the lower lip.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2552\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2552\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"237\" height=\"92\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe upper lip is shaded fully. Again I use a tortillion to color in some graphite. You can use a pencil as well and I’m thinking you may need to use a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">2B to 3H pencil</a>. The upper lip is always portrayed darker than the lower lip.\r\n\r\nIf the portrait happens to illustrate some teeth, make sure you use broken, faded lines to show the teeth and add just a little bit of shade to them. Near the corners of the mouth, the color needs to fade some into a darker contrast but not that much. Also, any showing of the inside of the mouth should be dark.\r\n<h2>How to Shade the Hair</h2>\r\nFun part! That’s right people, it\'s hair time! The first part of doing the hair is to shade it in using a 3H pencil. You then take a tortillion or non-lotion tissue and blend it into the paper, keeping in mind to stay within the lines.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2553\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2553\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"723\" height=\"559\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe next part is to add darker tone to the hair. Here you just use a darker pencil (6B or darker) to add dark tone features. There’s no need to color it. We will blend the dark tone into the hair soon enough. Just focus on putting dark tone in areas where the hair illustrates it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0005-2.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2554\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2554\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0005-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen the dark tone is properly placed in the spots that are acceptable, blend it. Please note when <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-hair-brunette-and-blonde/\">blending hair</a>, you need to blend as if you are almost drawing. You need to blend in the direction of the strokes to make the portrait look more realistic and believable. I would say using a tortillion is the best tool for this particular job. It’s more accurate and more controllable.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0006-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2555\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2555\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0006-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n<h2>Shading the Rest of the Drawing</h2>\r\nI then work on the nose followed by the face. I first smudge the nose lines where the original sketch line was followed with some smudging directly on the nose area.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0007-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2556\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2556\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0007-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then add pencil strokes around the face area and then go back and smudge with a tissue.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0008-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2557\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2557\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Scan0008-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"605\" height=\"614\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI continue this process for the whole body…\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2876\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2876\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009-1\" width=\"800\" height=\"548\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I work on is the ax. I didn’t put in a lot of effort on this because this lesson focuses on how to draw the guy, not the axe.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2877\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2877\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010-1\" width=\"800\" height=\"548\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNow that the drawing is done, I hope everyone could get something out of this. Until the next lesson!','How to Shade a Drawing of a Man','','inherit','closed','closed','','2549-revision-v1','','','2016-01-27 06:24:27','2016-01-27 14:24:27','',2549,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2549-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2996,2,'2016-06-24 10:30:44','2016-06-24 17:30:44','Ok kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants, so some scans will have black smudges on them...bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a tutorial for how to draw Tom Brady...a man!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_2998\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2998\"><img class=\"wp-image-2998 size-full\" title=\"© Jerry Coli | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady reference\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a> <center>© <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/wickedgood_info\">Jerry Coli</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></center>[/caption]\n\nAs I have stated in previous articles, <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-shade-a-drawing-of-a-man/\">I’m not into drawing men</a>. I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men, but as an artist one needs to diversify. I cannot limit myself to just women only.\n\nEven though I’ll grumble under my breath about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and more diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\n<h2>Use a Light Box for the Basics</h2>\nAs I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing as quickly as possible. With that being said, <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/light-box/\">I used a light box</a>. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to capture his frizzled hair as closely as I could; not to mention, I wanted to capture the majority of his jersey wrinkles.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3001\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3001\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"418\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<h2>Draw the Eyes</h2>\nBelieve it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2839\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2839\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"394\" height=\"155\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<h2>Draw the Mouth</h2>\nI then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil or color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP - PERIOD.\n\nWhat you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips are usually illustrated with the same skin tone that is in the surrounding mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is.\n\nDon’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area.\n\nIn the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a faint or smudged look.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2840\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<h2>Draw the Hair</h2>\nTime to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2841\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nIn this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks and strands by using a pencil erasure.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2842\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<h2>Finish the Face and Final Details</h2>\nTo finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas. I had enough graphite on the tortillion.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2843\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"515\" height=\"667\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nI then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas, followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3000\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3000\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007-2\" width=\"501\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the pants and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands. I provide <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/drawing-the-hands/\">a separate tutorial about that</a> and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future.\n\nAnywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest, but you get the drift.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2999\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2999\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady\" width=\"461\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\nLove him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us, but it’s cool...we’re artists! Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-autosave-v1','','','2016-06-24 10:30:44','2016-06-24 17:30:44','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2882,18,'2016-07-16 02:34:20','2016-07-16 09:34:20','You know those furry things that live just above your eyelids? Yes, the eyebrows! Each eyebrow is as unique as a fingerprint--- no two are exactly alike. This helps make us all unique and fantastic creatures of nature, but it can cause a real headache if you are just learning to draw faces. There are \"tricks\" that I like to use when drawing eyebrows, and that is what I am going to share with you in this tutorial.\r\n\r\nThe eyebrows are really fascinating if you think about them. They are made of hair, but don\'t grow like the hair on our heads. They sit in an odd place, on our brow bone, which is not on our eyes, nor on our forehead. They just sit there, protecting our eyes from falling debris, right? Not exactly. Have you ever been talking to someone and known exactly what they were thinking or how they felt about what you just said? It\'s the eyebrows!\r\n\r\nIn order to show expression with eyebrows, you first need to know how to draw eyebrows realistically.\r\n<h2>Placement of the Eyebrow</h2>\r\nTo place your eyebrow correctly, use the top of the nostril crease for a guide. The innermost edge of the eyebrow should generally line up vertically (line A). The arch of the brow will peak at approximately a 45 degree angle (line B). The outer edge of the brow creates a line from the nostril crease through the outer crease of the eyelid and water line (Line C).\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2909\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow1.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-2909 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow1.jpg\" alt=\"Use the nostril crease as a guide\" width=\"480\" height=\"640\" /></a> Use the nostril crease as a guide.[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2911 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow2.jpg\" alt=\"eyebrow2\" width=\"465\" height=\"621\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, you want to <em>very lightly</em> sketch out a basic shape for the eyebrow. If you tend to be heavy-handed, I suggest using a pencil graded 2H-HB.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow3.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2912 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow3-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"eyebrow3\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Drawing Realistic Eyebrows</h2>\r\nStart adding in individual hairs. Again I suggest using a lighter grade pencil. Draw the hairs in the direction that they grow, easing up on the pressure as you lift the pencil off of the page. Think \"press and lift\". Never \"color\" in a solid value. This will make the eyebrows look cartoonish. Remember, the goal is to make the drawing as realistic as possible. You may occasionally stray outside of the outlined shape. That is okay. The outlined shape is just a guide. That is why you drew it lightly.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow3a.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2913 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow3a.jpg\" alt=\"eyebrow3a\" width=\"471\" height=\"627\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can easily erase or draw over the guide as needed. Also, if the areas where your eyebrow hairs strayed from the guide bother you, you can always erase them as well. (Drawing lightly when beginning any drawing is always a good idea.) The eraser is just as valuable a drawing tool as the pencil! I prefer white acrylic erasers. Some artists prefer gum erasers, some prefer kneaded erasers and some artists grab whatever is handy! I also use an <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/electric-eraser/\">electric eraser</a>-- they are great for highlights, especially when drawing any type of hair, like drawing the eyebrow.\r\n\r\nThink about how the light is going to hit the eyebrows and add some lowlights with a softer (darker value) pencil, or more pressure. This is another place you can use your eraser for drawing, whether you have gotten too dark or just think you need to add dimension. Shading in the eyebrow hairs and then using the eraser for highlights creates a realistic thickness to the hair.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow4.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2914 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow4.jpg\" alt=\"eyebrow4\" width=\"480\" height=\"640\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nUse the same process for the other eyebrow in the opposite direction. Don\'t stress too much about making the eyebrows perfectly symmetrical. It seems counter-intuitive, but nothing on the human face is perfectly symmetrical.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow5.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2915 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow5.jpg\" alt=\"eyebrow5\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIf you do draw the eyebrows in perfect symmetry, something will appear \"off\" to anyone who views the drawing. It may be subconsciously, but the viewer will know something is not right. Near symmetry is a good idea, however. There are set standards of beauty in Western culture where certain women have been considered to be an example due to their nearly symmetrical features. If you wish to see an example, consider Marilyn Monroe or Halle Berry.\r\n\r\nWhen using a real person for a reference for your drawing, you will have an easier time illustrating a more realistic symmetry. When creating a drawing of a fictional person, beware of making them too perfectly symmetrical if realism is your goal.\r\n<h2>Expressive Eyebrows</h2>\r\nAll of the previous \"tricks\" can be used when drawing eyebrows with expression. The main difference will be how much distance you put between the eyebrow and the upper eyelid. A surprised or startled eye may have a lot of space between the upper eyelid and the brow, but of course never more than the skin can possibly be stretched. You would not draw the eyebrow next to the hairline, for example. Conversely, when the person is angry or concentrating very hard on something, their eyebrows will push closer (lower) to the eyelid and slightly angle inwardly toward the inner corner of the eye.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow6.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2916 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/eyebrow6.jpg\" alt=\"eyebrow6\" width=\"473\" height=\"631\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>No Two Eyebrows Are the Same</h2>\r\nAs I mentioned before, every eyebrow is unique! The eyebrows in this article are pretty basic. The most important part of drawing any facial feature is to use a reference. Some people have very thin, light eyebrows. Some people have bushy, unruly, dark eyebrows. Some people (such as the amazing artist <a href=\"http://www.biography.com/people/frida-kahlo-9359496\">Frida Kahlo</a>) have the infamous \"uni-brow\". Every type of eyebrow will use the rule of drawing the hairs in the direction the are growing (or groomed). All hairs will use the pressure rule and will have a light source that creates darker shaded areas.\r\n\r\nAlso notice that the skin has a smoother texture than the eyebrow. I used a blending stump to make a smoother skin texture, and cast shadow to make the eyebrows look more three-dimensional. I laid down a small bit of graphite just below the eyebrow drawing and smoothed it out with the blending stump, or tortillon. I continued this shading technique around the rest of the eye for a consistent texture. Remember, when drawing the eyebrow, it is not smooth. The hair-like texture is very important and easily created by varying the pencil and eraser marks within the eyebrow.\r\n\r\nI hope you found this tutorial on drawing eyebrows useful! Attaining mastery with anything takes a lot of practice. Practice using the techniques I have outlined here and your eyebrow drawing is sure to improve. Happy drawing!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/christina.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2919 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/christina.jpg\" alt=\"christina\" width=\"720\" height=\"720\" /></a>','Drawing Eyebrows like a Boss!','','publish','closed','open','','drawing-eyebrows-like-a-boss','','','2016-06-25 10:29:34','2016-06-25 17:29:34','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=2882',0,'post','',0),(2883,18,'2016-01-29 13:35:15','2016-01-29 21:35:15','You know those furry things that live just above your eyelids? Yes, the eyebrows! Each eyebrow is as unique as a fingerprint--- no two are exactly alike. This helps make us all unique and fantastic creatures of nature, but it can cause a real headache if you are just learning to draw faces. There are \"tricks\" that I like to use when drawing eyebrows and that is what I am going to share with you in this tutorial.\r\n\r\nThe eyebrows are really fascinating if you think about. They are made of hair, but don\'t grow like the air on our heads. They sit in an odd place, on our brow bone, which is not on our eyes, nor on our forehead. They just sit there, protecting our eyes from falling debris, right? Not exactly. Have you ever been talking to someone and known exactly what they were thinking or how they felt about what you just said? It\'s the eyebrows!\r\n\r\nIn order to show expression with eyebrows, you first need to know how to draw eyebrows realistically.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo place your eyebrow correctly, use the top of the nostril crease for a guide. The innermost edge of the eye brow, should generally line up vertically (line A). The arch of the brow will peak at approximately a 45 degree angle (line B). The outer edge of the brow creates a line from the nostril crease through the outer crease of the eye lid and water line (Line C).\r\n\r\nNext, you want to <em>very lightly</em> sketch out a basic shape for the eyebrow. If you tend to be heavy handed, I suggest using a pencil graded 2H-HB.\r\n\r\nStart adding in individual hairs, again I suggest using a lighter grade pencil. Draw the hairs in the direction that they grow, easing up on the pressure as you lift the pencil off of the page. Never \"color\" in a solid value. This will make the eyebrows look cartoonish.\r\n\r\nThink about how the light is going to hit the eyebrows and add some lowlights with a softer (darker value) pencil, or more pressure.\r\n\r\nUse the same process for the other eyebrow in the opposite direction. Don\'t stress too much about making the eyebrow is s perfectly symmetrical. It seems counter-intuitive, but nothing on the human face is perfectly symmetrical.\r\n\r\nAll of the previous \"tricks\" can be used when drawing eyebrows with expression. The main difference will be how much distance you put between the eyebrow and the upper eyelid.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing Eyebrows like a Boss!','','inherit','closed','closed','','2882-revision-v1','','','2016-01-29 13:35:15','2016-01-29 21:35:15','',2882,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2882-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2929,15,'2016-02-01 19:26:04','2016-02-02 03:26:04','','Scan0004','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0004-8','','','2016-02-01 19:26:04','2016-02-02 03:26:04','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2930,15,'2016-02-01 19:27:22','2016-02-02 03:27:22','','Scan0005','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0005-7','','','2016-02-01 19:27:22','2016-02-02 03:27:22','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2931,15,'2016-02-01 19:29:04','2016-02-02 03:29:04','','Scan0006','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0006-6','','','2016-02-01 19:29:04','2016-02-02 03:29:04','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2932,15,'2016-02-01 19:30:39','2016-02-02 03:30:39','','Scan0007','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0007-5','','','2016-02-01 19:30:39','2016-02-02 03:30:39','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2933,15,'2016-02-01 19:32:28','2016-02-02 03:32:28','','IMG_0211','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0211','','','2016-02-01 19:32:28','2016-02-02 03:32:28','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0211.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2934,15,'2016-02-01 19:32:30','2016-02-02 03:32:30','','IMG_0212','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0212','','','2016-02-01 19:32:30','2016-02-02 03:32:30','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0212.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3164,2,'2016-06-30 08:58:52','2016-06-30 15:58:52','OK kiddos, it’s time for another art lesson! Before I start, let me get some preliminaries out of the way. First off, I need to apologize for how the picture came out. This post is about drawing an eye in colored pencil, but you’re barely going to see any color. My scanner didn’t pick up the color that well. I hate that but I will do my best to explain and illustrate this lesson. I will still illustrate the pictures even though the color won’t show up well.\r\n\r\nAlso, I will be using an array of colored pencils from different brands. These will include Sargent’s colored pencil and Prismacolor, with the majority used by Sargent’s. I believe that’s why the color didn’t show up well – Sargent\'s doesn’t have wax in its pencils, so there will be no “shine’” to the finished product. The scanner usually picks up the shine but unfortunately not in this one. Another colored pencil set that would be worth investing in besides Prismacolor is Col-Erase colored pencils and Prismacolor Verithin. These colored pencils have the same effect that a regular lead pencil has. What I mean by that is you can use my technique that I perform with a tissue. These pencils can be blended smoothly into the color next to them. Invest in them; you won’t be sorry. With that being said, let’s hop on it!\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2926 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\nWhether it’s an eye or a full sketch that will be in colored pencil, the first thing you will need to do is draw your subject out with a pencil, preferably a lighter pencil like between a 3H and 6H. You will need to make the pencil marks lighter later on as you get further into the drawing, so have a kneaded eraser handy or some Blu Tack to pick up the marks. That will also leave some faint marks to help guide you as you progress in your art picture. Here I drew an eye that started as a football/almond-shaped object, and I added a circle in the middle to represent the iris. Keep in mind that I’m doing this from the top of my head – I’m not using a picture or model of an eye.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2927 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\nI then filled in the pupil using a Sargent’s black colored pencil and drew an ellipse in the pupil and iris area to illustrate a glare/highlight in the eye. I’ve also traced a darker circle around the edge of the iris.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2928 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\nOK, so here is where the problem starts. Note to self: do not use Sargent’s pencils for the main color. They will not show well in the scanner. As you can tell, I supposedly filled in the iris with Sargent’s brown colored pencil and some of Prismacolor’s peach beige. Let it be known that this is the same pencil I use for Caucasian skin tone.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2929 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-300x160.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" />\r\n\r\nAdding some detail, I added the eyelid crease with Sargent’s black and used the Sargent’s brown pencil to add more detail of some of the darker part of the iris flooding into the lighter part near the pupil.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2930 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-300x148.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"148\" />\r\n\r\nIn this stage, I added some shading toward the upper part of the eye using Prismacolor\'s 50% cool grey, and I used Sargent’s black to draw in the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2931 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-300x184.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"184\" />\r\n\r\nIn the final stage, I added some Prismacolor blush pink and a little bit of pale vermillion to the tear duct area. I then colored around the eye area with Prismacolor peach beige; unfortunately, my scanner had different plans.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2932 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-300x184.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"300\" height=\"184\" />\r\n\r\nAn extra thing I like to add to my art piece, especially if I’m working with colored pencil, chalk, or crayon, is load the picture onto my computer and I will load it to my PaintShop Pro so that I can smooth out the pencil scribbles. To each his own; some people like it and some don’t, but it always makes an improvement on the picture, especially on my crayon art.\r\n\r\nOk so this was a quick colored pencil lesson. I don’t know if it was helpful since my scanner went rebel on me. Then again, using the Sargent colored pencils was a no-no. I know now to use all color pencils except them. If anything, this is how the picture looked using a camera (there’s more than one way to skin a cat):\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2933\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2933 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0211-300x153.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0211\" width=\"300\" height=\"153\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2934\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2934 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0212-300x153.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0212\" width=\"300\" height=\"153\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Draw an Eye with Colored Pencils','','inherit','closed','closed','','2925-revision-v1','','','2016-06-30 08:58:52','2016-06-30 15:58:52','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2925-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2935,15,'2016-02-01 19:37:19','2016-02-02 03:37:19','Ok kiddos, it’s time for another art lesson! Before I start, let me get some preliminaries out of the way. First off, I need to apologize for how the picture came out. This title is about drawing an eye in color pencil but you’re barely going to see any color; my scanner didn’t pick up the color that good. I hate that but I will do my best to explain and illustrate this lesson. I still will illustrate the pictures even though the color won’t show up well; there will be other color pencil lessons and I will make the colors deeper.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Also, I will be using an array of color pencils from different brands. These will include Sargent’s color pencil and Prismacolor with the majority used by Sargent’s which I believe that’s why the color didn’t show up well – Sargent doesn’t have wax in its pencils so there will be no “shine’” to the finish product; the scanner usually pics up the shine but unfortunately not in this one. Another color pencil set that would be worth investing in besides Prismacolor, is Col-Erase color pencils and Prismacolor Verithin. These color pencils have the same effects like a regular lead pencil has. What I mean by that is you can use my technique that I perform with a tissue. These pencils can be blended smoothly into the color next to them. Invest in them, you won’t be sorry. With that being said, let’s hop on it!</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2926 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">         The first thing you do, whether it’s an eye or a full sketch that will be in color pencil, is you will need to draw it out with a pencil, preferably a lighter pencil like between a 3H and 6H. You will need to make the pencil marks lighter later on as you get further into the drawing so have a kneaded erasure handy or some Blu Tack to pick up the marks that will also leave some faint marks to help guide you as you progress in your art picture. Here I drew an eye that started like a football/almond shape object and added a semi-circle in the middle to represent the iris. Keep in mind I’m doing this from the top of my head – I’m not using a picture or model of an eye; this is strictly free base.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2927 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">I then fill in the pupil using a Sargent’s black color pencil and drew in an ellipse circle in the pupil and iris area to illustrate a glare/highlight in the eye. I’ve also trace a darker circle around the edge of the iris. </span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2928 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">OK so here is where the problem starts. Note to self, do not use Sargent’s pencils for main color, they will not show well in the scanner. As you can tell, I supposedly fill in the iris with Sargent’s brown color pencil and some of Prismacolor’s peach beige. Let it be known that this is the same pencil I use for Caucasian skin tone.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2929 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-300x160.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Adding some detail, I added the eyelid crease with Sargent’s black and use the Sargent’s brown pencil to add more detail of some of the darker part of the iris flooding into the lighter part near the pupil.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2930 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-300x148.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"148\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                In this stage, I add some shading toward the upper part of the eye using Prismacolor’s 50% cool grey and I used Sargent’s black to draw in the eyelashes.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2931 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-300x184.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"184\" />\r\n\r\nIn the final stage, I added some Prismacolor blush pink and a little bit of pale vermillion to the tear duct area. I then color around the eye area with Prismacolor peach beige; unfortunately my scanner had different plans.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2932 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-300x184.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"300\" height=\"184\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          An extra thing I like to add to my art piece, especially if I’m working with color pencil, chalk, or crayon is I will load the picture onto my computer and I will load it to my PaintShop Pro so that I can smooth out the pencil scribbles. To each his own; some people like it and some don’t but it always makes an improvement on the picture, especially on my crayon art.</span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Ok so this was a quick color pencil lesson. I don’t know if it was helpful since my scanner went rebel on me. Then again, using the Sargent color pencils were a no-no. I know now to use all color pencils except them. If anything, this is how the picture looked using a camera (there’s more than one way to skin a cat):</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2933\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2933 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0211-300x153.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0211\" width=\"300\" height=\"153\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2934\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2934 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0212-300x153.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0212\" width=\"300\" height=\"153\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                                                                </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                                                                    See you guys in the next lesson!</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Draw an Eye with Colored Pencils','','inherit','closed','closed','','2925-revision-v1','','','2016-02-01 19:37:19','2016-02-02 03:37:19','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2925-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2937,2,'2016-02-01 22:07:55','2016-02-02 06:07:55','Would you like to <em><strong>draw and write</strong></em> for LetsDrawPeople.com? Better yet, would you like to <em><strong>get paid to draw and get paid to write?</strong></em>\r\n\r\nI am looking for portrait artists or anyone skilled at drawing people. You should have the ability to write step-by-step drawing tutorials and informative content online. You should have the desire to help others who truly want to become better artists and create awesome portrait drawings like yours!\r\n\r\nThis means you should be a skilled writer able to teach and relay your drawing techniques to readers of this website who wish to draw people as well as you do. Experience with WordPress is a plus! If you fall into <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>at least one</strong></span> of the following categories, then you would be an ideal contributor for Let\'s Draw People:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>You are a professional portrait artist with your own website.</li>\r\n	<li>You have published blog posts about drawing or step-by-step drawing tutorials online, either on your own blog or as a contributor for another website.</li>\r\n	<li>You have your own blog (in any niche - hence writing experience), and you love to draw in your spare time.</li>\r\n	<li>You do not have your own blog, but you have strong writing skills, and you regularly post your drawings for others to see on social media.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can contribute as many articles as you want based on availability, whether it be once in a while or multiple times per month. Of course the more frequently you can contribute, the better! You will be paid for each article that is accepted and scheduled for future publication.\r\n<h2>Content Guidelines</h2>\r\nLet\'s Draw People accepts <strong>bylined \"how-to\" tutorials</strong> and <strong>informative articles</strong> about drawing and sketching people to be published on this website on an as-needed basis. Our target audience consists primarily of beginning and intermediate pencil portrait artists.\r\n\r\n<strong>How-To Tutorial</strong> - With this type of article, you will tell the reader how to draw a specific person or subject in a step-by-step manner. Draw a picture, stopping to scan the steps along the way, and write an article to explain in detail how you complete each step. You can choose to work from a reference photograph if you wish. These tutorials are great examples:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-an-army-man-saluting/\" target=\"_blank\">How to Draw an Army Man Saluting</a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/this-childhood-shortcut-will-show-you-how-to-draw-teeth/\" target=\"_blank\">This Childhood Shortcut Will Show You How to Draw Teeth</a>\r\n\r\n<strong>Informative Article</strong> - With this type of article, you will share your expertise about a topic with the reader. Informative articles could be either specific lists or general or insightful information about a drawing concept, subject, or technique. Check out these great informative articles:\r\n<p class=\"post-box-title\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/10-drawing-ideas-for-when-you-dont-know-what-to-draw/\">10 Drawing Ideas for When You Don`t Know What to Draw</a></p>\r\n<p class=\"post-box-title\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/grid-drawing-for-perfect-faces-and-forms/\">Grid Drawing For Perfect Faces And Forms</a></p>\r\nAll articles should be <strong>high-quality, 100% original content</strong> that is <strong>unpublished elsewhere</strong>. There should be a minimum of 500 words. You should also provide plenty of images to illustrate the points of your post. Your images should be <strong>clear photographs you have personally taken</strong> or <strong>scanned images of your artwork</strong>. In other words, do not gather other images from the Internet and use them without permission for your article or your reference photograph. In the case of step-by-step drawing tutorials, you can scan images during each step of a drawing as you walk the reader through the process from beginning to end. All images should be big enough for readers to see clearly (at least 600 x 800 pixels) but no larger than 100 KB in size.\r\n\r\nSometimes a reference photograph will be provided for you, and sometimes you will have the option of using your own. If you do not own the rights for a good reference photograph or other image, please do not use it! Instead, you can select one from <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/#res3619261\" target=\"_blank\">Dreamstime.com.</a>\r\n\r\nThe author retains copyright, but I may reprint your piece, with full attribution, in Let\'s Draw People products, including marketing materials.\r\n<h2>Payment Details</h2>\r\nIf your article is accepted and scheduled for publication, then you will get paid for it! Contributors will be paid for each article based on the number of words, the number of images, and the quality of the drawings.\r\n\r\n<strong>Number of words</strong> - $0.05 per word, up to the maximum words for a given article\r\n\r\nThe number of words you write will be determined based on the \"word count\" within the WordPress post writing platform. The article\'s title is not counted. For each article, the number of words you use should stay within a certain range. For example, one article might be assigned a length of 500 to 800 words. You must write a minimum of 500 words. If your article goes a bit over 800 words that is fine, but you will be paid $0.05 per word up to 800 words (or $40).\r\n\r\nArticles accepted for publication may be edited for clarity, brevity, grammar, conventions, house style, etc. However, the word count of the first draft submitted for review will be used to determine payment. If you submit 800 words of <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">solid, valuable content</span> but I edit it down to 732 words, you will still be paid for 800 words (or $40). <em><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Exception</span>: there are irrelevant additions of text that add no value to the content but are <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">obvious</span> attempts to inflate the word count.</em>\r\n\r\n<strong>Number of images</strong> - $5 for 1 to 5 images; $10 for 6 to 15 images; $15 for 16 or more images\r\n\r\nIf you decide to use 10 images (for $10) to complement your article or tutorial, that does not mean you have to create 10 separate pieces of artwork. If you have original drawings from your previous body of work that you are willing to share with your article, that would be wonderful! Images can also be photographs that you have taken, or in the case of a tutorial, they can be separate scans of a single drawing. The point is...the more examples you have, the better. You are also encouraged to use photo editing software like Adobe Photoshop to add arrows, text, to crop a close up of a section of the drawing, etc.\r\n\r\nImages you submit with your articles may be edited or re-edited if they are accepted. I may also decide to add or remove images from your article before publishing. However, the number of images you upload with your first draft submitted for review will be used to determine payment. If you submit 6 <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">relevant images</span> that effectively teach the main points of your topic but I only publish 5 images, you will still be paid for 6 images (or $10). <em><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Exception</span>: there are irrelevant additions of images that add no value to the content but are <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">obvious</span> attempts to inflate the image count.</em>\r\n\r\n<strong>Quality of drawings</strong> - $5 for line drawings; $10 for line drawings with shading; $30 for realistic blending\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>$5 if all images are line drawings with little to no shading</li>\r\n	<li>$10 if at least one image is a line drawing with ample shading (e.g., simple shading style like hatching, crosshatching, a layer or two of blended graphite, etc.)</li>\r\n	<li>$30 if at least one image <em><strong>mostly consists</strong></em> of realistic blending (e.g., <em><strong>multiple applications</strong></em> of graphite smoothed over with a tortillion and/or blending stump)</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThe images below display examples of each drawing quality type:\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[table id=14 /]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Payment Scenario</h3>\r\nUsing the payment details above, consider the following scenario:\r\n\r\nYou create an 800-word drawing tutorial with 6 scanned images. Your images are step-by-step line drawings, but you explain how to add simple shading to the final two images.\r\n\r\nYour payment would be $40 for the words (800 words x $0.05) + $10 for 6 scanned images + $10 for shaded drawings = <strong>$60 total.</strong>\r\n<h2>How to Get Started</h2>\r\nIf you have the expertise and experience with drawing people and are willing to create a helpful, outstanding post for the Let\'s Draw People audience, fill out the form below.\r\n\r\nBe sure to include links to <strong>three articles or blog posts</strong> you have written and published online, if applicable. Articles based on the topic of <strong><em>how to draw people</em></strong> are preferred but not required. You can even link to your blog if it is in a niche having nothing to do with drawing. The purpose of this is to get a sense of your writing style.\r\n\r\nIf you have never published writing online, then it would be helpful if you submit a short writing sample (minimum 100 words) in a MS Word document or a PDF using the upload option in the form.\r\n\r\nI also want to review <strong>three samples of your artwork</strong>. These should be drawings or sketches of people. It is fine if these are found in the links you submit below. If your links contain no drawing samples, then you can use the upload option in the form.\r\n\r\nIf you are accepted as a contributor, you will receive an email to let you know, along with a link to the editorial calendar so you can select which articles you wish to write!\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[nform id=\'2\']</p>','Draw and Write for Us','','inherit','closed','closed','','2302-revision-v1','','','2016-02-01 22:07:55','2016-02-02 06:07:55','',2302,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2302-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3265,2,'2016-08-09 04:53:52','2016-08-09 11:53:52','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\nDrawing pencils go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The mechanical pencil usually has HB or 2B lead available. It should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and Strathmore Bristol paper.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the stumps are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the tortillions are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a Tomb Raider pencil piece. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\nThere are also pencil erasers; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the kneaded eraser. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a horsehair brush. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a workable fixative, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are tools with pre-made circles and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Reference Photos</strong>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2818\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" /> The Drawn Photo Piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing will talk about briefly is reference photos. As you can see in the above picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has model for some of my paintings (Angel Eyes, Expecting) before. It’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-09 04:53:52','2016-08-09 11:53:52','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3160,2,'2016-06-29 10:00:14','2016-06-29 17:00:14','OK kiddos, it’s time for another art lesson! Before I start, let me get some preliminaries out of the way. First off, I need to apologize for how the picture came out. This post is about drawing an eye in colored pencil, but you’re barely going to see any color. My scanner didn’t pick up the color that well. I hate that but I will do my best to explain and illustrate this lesson. I will still illustrate the pictures even though the color won’t show up well. <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong><em>there will be other color pencil lessons and I will make the colors deeper.</em></strong></span>\r\n\r\nAlso, I will be using an array of colored pencils from different brands. These will include Sargent’s colored pencil and Prismacolor, with the majority used by Sargent’s. I believe that’s why the color didn’t show up well – Sargent\'s doesn’t have wax in its pencils, so there will be no “shine’” to the finished product. The scanner usually picks up the shine but unfortunately not in this one. Another colored pencil set that would be worth investing in besides Prismacolor is Col-Erase colored pencils and Prismacolor Verithin. These colored pencils have the same effect that a regular lead pencil has. What I mean by that is you can use my technique that I perform with a tissue. These pencils can be blended smoothly into the color next to them. Invest in them; you won’t be sorry. With that being said, let’s hop on it!***\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2926 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\nThe first thing you do, whether it’s an eye or a full sketch that will be in color pencil, is you will need to draw it out with a pencil, preferably a lighter pencil like between a 3H and 6H. You will need to make the pencil marks lighter later on as you get further into the drawing so have a kneaded erasure handy or some Blu Tack to pick up the marks that will also leave some faint marks to help guide you as you progress in your art picture. Here I drew an eye that started like a football/almond shape object and added a semi-circle in the middle to represent the iris. Keep in mind I’m doing this from the top of my head – I’m not using a picture or model of an eye; this is strictly free base.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2927 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\nI then fill in the pupil using a Sargent’s black color pencil and drew in an ellipse circle in the pupil and iris area to illustrate a glare/highlight in the eye. I’ve also trace a darker circle around the edge of the iris.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2928 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-300x147.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"147\" />\r\n\r\nOK so here is where the problem starts. Note to self, do not use Sargent’s pencils for main color, they will not show well in the scanner. As you can tell, I supposedly fill in the iris with Sargent’s brown color pencil and some of Prismacolor’s peach beige. Let it be known that this is the same pencil I use for Caucasian skin tone.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2929 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-300x160.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" />\r\n\r\nAdding some detail, I added the eyelid crease with Sargent’s black and use the Sargent’s brown pencil to add more detail of some of the darker part of the iris flooding into the lighter part near the pupil.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2930 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-300x148.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"148\" />\r\n\r\nIn this stage, I add some shading toward the upper part of the eye using Prismacolor’s 50% cool grey and I used Sargent’s black to draw in the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2931 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-300x184.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"184\" />\r\n\r\nIn the final stage, I added some Prismacolor blush pink and a little bit of pale vermillion to the tear duct area. I then color around the eye area with Prismacolor peach beige; unfortunately my scanner had different plans.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2932 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-300x184.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"300\" height=\"184\" />\r\n\r\nAn extra thing I like to add to my art piece, especially if I’m working with color pencil, chalk, or crayon is I will load the picture onto my computer and I will load it to my PaintShop Pro so that I can smooth out the pencil scribbles. To each his own; some people like it and some don’t but it always makes an improvement on the picture, especially on my crayon art.\r\n\r\nOk so this was a quick color pencil lesson. I don’t know if it was helpful since my scanner went rebel on me. Then again, using the Sargent color pencils were a no-no. I know now to use all color pencils except them. If anything, this is how the picture looked using a camera (there’s more than one way to skin a cat):\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2933\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2933 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0211-300x153.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0211\" width=\"300\" height=\"153\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2934\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2934 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0212-300x153.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0212\" width=\"300\" height=\"153\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\nSee you guys in the next lesson!','How to Draw an Eye with Colored Pencils','','inherit','closed','closed','','2925-revision-v1','','','2016-06-29 10:00:14','2016-06-29 17:00:14','',2925,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2925-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2938,8,'2016-02-02 00:18:30','2016-02-02 08:18:30','Before you start drawing it helps to plan your ideas. Composition is the idea of setting up your drawing. How many ideas, people, and objects do you want to use in your drawing?\r\n\r\nIn the drawing above, I thought to create a small still frame of a scene. In the drawing of the two people, I wanted to show how you can create mood emotion and action.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2896\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-1-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2897\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-1-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\nFirst, consider how the two girls are sitting together and body language that they may be using. The girl lying down is relaxed with her head back. This is a classic pose for someone sleeping, hurt, or perhaps dead. The other girl looking down on her further explains sadness, perhaps remorse, or maybe just tired. The girls are similar in age and size, so this would suggest that they may be sisters or close friends.\r\n\r\nThere is a lot one could tell from this picture or may feel. Creating a compositing is a great way to stir the imagination.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2900\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-1-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\nStructure: Looking for a frame, imagine yourself a photographer. It’s the same idea without a view box. Instead, create your own view box, using a mix of what you see and what you want to draw. Create space between objects by finding a fix point and compare size from object to other objects.\r\n\r\nSetup: Once you have an idea of your frame, you may want to organize your drawing, change position lighting, and how things are sitting in the space you have. Creating set up with models can take time. Multiple tries of finding what looks better along with more than one sitting with the same pose in order to draw what you have. Alternately, you can do the same thing- take a photo and draw what you see from the photo, or a photo that was already taken.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2901\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/7-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"7\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2903\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/9-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"9\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\nBackground: When setting up a drawing, consider more then what you are drawing. Background gives depth and realism along with creating a set that is frozen in time.\r\n\r\nForeground: Sometimes you have space before what you are drawing, knowing what to do with this space. Or if you are using the space, it helps create perspective.\r\n\r\nSpace: Structure and space are similar; however, space is what is not in the frame. Structure is what is in the frame.\r\n\r\nPoint of view: Once you have everything set up, perhaps you want to change where you are looking from in order to get a different view of the same setting.\r\n\r\nPerspective: Along with point of view, background and foreground repetitive can help create space and reality in a drawing. For example, the human body looking more round instead of flat will help create reality. One can do this by creating directional shading.\r\n\r\nLighting: Try to think about what light you are using. This is more important if you choose to use contrast, or perhaps you want a more mid-town lighting effect.\r\n\r\nLocation: Where is your setting going to be? Outside, inside, in a city or in the woods?\r\n\r\nFrame: What type of frame are you going to use? Portrait, landscape or something else?\r\n\r\nIdea: What is happening in your setting? What story do you want to tell with one picture?','How to draw a composition','','inherit','closed','closed','','2894-revision-v1','','','2016-02-02 00:18:30','2016-02-02 08:18:30','',2894,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2894-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2939,15,'2016-09-24 02:57:51','2016-09-24 09:57:51','Alright guys, you know the deal. For some reason I’m back again. Well if you think about it, there’s no way I could just do <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/draw-an-eye-with-colored-pencils/\">a tutorial on colored pencil for the eyes</a> and just leave it at that. Couldn’t leave you guys feening for more, so I had to come back to do another facial feature with the colored pencil despite my scanner having other plans. Yes people, it still wants to rebel against my colored pencil tutorials, but I think I found a way to get around it.\r\n\r\nWith that said, today we will be focusing on the nose. This will be a quick tutorial; there’s not much to say about it except that it’s that big bump in the middle of your face that could make you look nice or ugly. I’m not going to get into all that; this is all about how to draw that thing in the middle of your face.\r\n\r\nSo break out your colored pencils (except the Sargent brand colored pencils) and let’s get started.\r\n<h2>Drawing a Nose in Colored Pencil from the Front</h2>\r\nAs you can see, I do a very basic drawing of one large curve that is aimed downward accompanied by smaller curves that are above the bigger curve. This is the same technique I use to show any student who wants to learn how to draw the face.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2940 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"262\" height=\"98\" />\r\n\r\nThe nose can be the most challenging because the angle of the face/head will affect the shadow and tone on the nose and therefore change the look and arrangement of it.\r\n\r\nHere I actually take a tortillion and add some darkness to the nostrils. I do not need to add black; the graphite on the tortillion is believable enough. Usually when dealing with black on a colored pencil piece, I have a choice of using the graphite in the pencil or a black colored pencil. It really doesn’t matter. It just depends on how I feel that day.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2941 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"266\" height=\"206\" />\r\n\r\nI also add curves that will serve as edges of the nose and take away some of the bulb end of the nose with a Blu Tack eraser. I also smudge the edges to illustrate some shadow. I want it to be as realistic as I can get it, so I get rid of the hard lines and soften them.\r\n\r\nOK here is when I experienced the scanner wanting to do its own thing and my work was set back some, but as I did in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/draw-an-eye-with-colored-pencils/\">the tutorial of the eye</a>, I just used my camera to get the picture. I’m really not sure which one I used for this picture, but the important thing is it got done one way or the other.\r\n\r\nHere I started using Prismacolor Dark Brown – the intention was to make it an African-American nose, but it’s going to end up being some alien purple creature nose.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3412 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-a-nose-with-colored-pencils-IMG_0210-272x300.jpg\" alt=\"how-to-draw-a-nose-with-colored-pencils-img_0210\" width=\"272\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAs the picture illustrates, you want to add some markings in the middle of the nose but only to one side to show light reflection or lighter skin tone to the other side.\r\n\r\nAlso, round out the bulb of the nose by rounding out the color near the edge of the nose but leaving some room for light reflection.\r\n\r\nAdd the same skin tone to the wings of the nostrils and leave some light separations between the nostril wings and the bulb of the nose. Deepen the color on the nose some and you’re practically finished.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2943 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"246\" height=\"278\" />\r\nThis is optional. As I said in the eye tutorial, I do this part when I want to smooth out an art piece that was done in colored pencil, crayon, or chalk. Again here you want to load the image onto your computer and use the painting program that you have loaded on it. In this case, I have PaintShop Pro and I use the smoothing brush. It’s not perfect but it makes it look better and smoother.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2944 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"246\" height=\"278\" />\r\n<h2>Drawing a Nose in Colored Pencil from the Side</h2>\r\nWant to try another? Let’s go for it!\r\n\r\nThis one is a must but a simple one. We’re going to draw the nose from a different angle – sideways, simple and easy. Look and follow what the illustration shows.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillion to add some darkness to the nostril and use it again to shade in a curve that will show the winged part of the nostril.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2945 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-1-255x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"255\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere I started adding some dark brown to the underside of the nose and some peach beige to the rest of the nose even though you can’t see it that well...yes people, my scanner was in its rebel stage again.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-2946 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-1-253x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"253\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere I just deepened and blended the color some so that it was more believable.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-3413\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-a-nose-with-colored-pencils-Scan0007-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"how-to-draw-a-nose-with-colored-pencils-scan0007-1\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLast stage, I smoothed it out on the computer and it’s somewhat complete. It would look more believable if a face was added to it but one thing at a time. One must crawl before one can walk.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-3414\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-a-nose-with-colored-pencils-Scan0008-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"how-to-draw-a-nose-with-colored-pencils-scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />','Drawing the Nose in Colored Pencil','','publish','closed','open','','drawing-the-nose-in-colored-pencil','','','2016-09-18 20:22:43','2016-09-19 03:22:43','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=2939',0,'post','',0),(2940,15,'2016-02-02 04:43:38','2016-02-02 12:43:38','','Scan0001','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0001-8','','','2016-02-02 04:43:38','2016-02-02 12:43:38','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2941,15,'2016-02-02 04:44:53','2016-02-02 12:44:53','','Scan0002','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0002-9','','','2016-02-02 04:44:53','2016-02-02 12:44:53','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2943,15,'2016-02-02 04:48:21','2016-02-02 12:48:21','','Scan0003','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0003-9','','','2016-02-02 04:48:21','2016-02-02 12:48:21','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2944,15,'2016-02-02 04:50:28','2016-02-02 12:50:28','','Scan0004','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0004-9','','','2016-02-02 04:50:28','2016-02-02 12:50:28','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2945,15,'2016-02-02 04:53:23','2016-02-02 12:53:23','','Scan0005','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0005-8','','','2016-02-02 04:53:23','2016-02-02 12:53:23','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2946,15,'2016-02-02 04:54:44','2016-02-02 12:54:44','','Scan0006','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0006-7','','','2016-02-02 04:54:44','2016-02-02 12:54:44','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2949,15,'2016-02-02 04:57:51','2016-02-02 12:57:51','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Alright guys, you know the deal, for some reason I’m back again. Well if you think about it, there’s no way I could just do a tutorial on colored pencil for the eyes and just leave it at that. Couldn’t leave you guys feening for more, so I had to come back to do more facial features with the color pencil despite my scanner having other plans – yes people, it still wants to rebel against my color pencil tutorials but I think I found a way to get around it so break out your color pencils (except the Sargent brand color pencils) and let’s get started.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2940 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"262\" height=\"98\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Today we will be focusing on the nose. This will be a quick tutorial; there’s not much to say about it except that it’s that big bump in the middle of your face that could make you look nice or ugly. I’m not going to get into all that; this all about how to draw that ugly thing in the middle of your face. As you can see, I do a very basic drawing of one large curve that is aimed downward accompanied by smaller curves that are above the bigger curve. This is the same technique I use to show any student who wants to learn how to draw the face. The nose can be the most challenging because the angle of the face/head will affect the shadow and tone on the nose and therefore change the look and arrangement of it.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2941 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"266\" height=\"206\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Here I actually take a tortillion and add some darkness to the nostrils. I do not need to add black; the graphite on the tortillion is believable enough. Usually when dealing with black on a color pencil piece, I have a choice of using the graphite in the pencil or a black color pencil. It really doesn’t matter, it just depends how I feel that day. I also add curves that will serve as edges of the nose and take away some of the bulb end of the nose with a Blu Tack eraser. I also smudge the edges to illustrate some shadow. I want it to be as realistic as I can get it so I get rid of the hard lines and soften them.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2942 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0210-271x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0210\" width=\"271\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nOK here is when I experienced the scanner wanting to do its own thing and my work was set back some but as I did in the tutorial of the eye, I just used my camera to get the picture. I’m really not sure which one I used for this picture but the important thing is it got done one way or the other. Here I started using Prismacolor dark brown – the intention was to make it an African-American nose, but it’s going to end up being some alien purple creature nose.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2943 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"246\" height=\"278\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          As the picture illustrates, you want to add some markings in the middle of the nose but only to one side to show light reflection or lighter skin tone to the other side. Also, round out the bulb of the nose by rounding out the color near the edge of the nose but leaving some room for light reflection. Add the same skin tone to the wings of the nostrils and leave some light separations between the nostril wings and the bulb of the nose. </span><span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Deepen the color on the nose some and you’re practically finished.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2944 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"246\" height=\"278\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          This is optional. As I said in the eye tutorial, I do this part when I want to smooth out an art piece that was done in color pencil, crayon, or chalk. Again here you want to load the image onto your computer and use the painting program that you have loaded on it. In this case, I have PaintShop Pro and I use the smoothing brush. It’s not perfect but it makes it look better and smoother.</span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                                                                Want to try another? Let’s go for it!</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2945 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-1-255x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"255\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          This is one is a must but a simple one. We’re going to draw the nose from a different angle – sideways, simple and easy. Look and follow what the illustration shows. Use a tortillion to add some darkness to the nostril and use it again to shade in a curve that will show the winged part of the nostril.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2946 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-1-253x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"253\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Here I started adding some dark brown to the underside of the nose and some peach beige to the rest of the nose even though you can’t see it that well – yes people, my scanner was in its rebel stage again.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2947 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                                 Here I just deepen and blend the color some so that it was more believable.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2948 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Last stage, I smoothed it out on the computer and it’s somewhat complete. It would look more believable if a face was added to it but one thing at a time. One must crawl before one can walk.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing the Nose in Color Pencil','','inherit','closed','closed','','2939-revision-v1','','','2016-02-02 04:57:51','2016-02-02 12:57:51','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2939-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2951,15,'2016-02-02 17:30:13','2016-02-03 01:30:13','','Scan0001','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0001-9','','','2016-02-02 17:30:13','2016-02-03 01:30:13','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2952,15,'2016-02-02 17:31:14','2016-02-03 01:31:14','','Scan0002','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0002-10','','','2016-02-02 17:31:14','2016-02-03 01:31:14','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2953,15,'2016-02-02 17:33:15','2016-02-03 01:33:15','','Scan0003','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0003-10','','','2016-02-02 17:33:15','2016-02-03 01:33:15','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2954,15,'2016-02-02 17:34:27','2016-02-03 01:34:27','','Scan0013','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0013-3','','','2016-02-02 17:34:27','2016-02-03 01:34:27','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0013.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2955,15,'2016-02-02 17:34:41','2016-02-03 01:34:41','','Scan0003','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0003-11','','','2016-02-02 17:34:41','2016-02-03 01:34:41','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2956,15,'2016-02-02 17:38:17','2016-02-03 01:38:17','','Scan0004','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0004-10','','','2016-02-02 17:38:17','2016-02-03 01:38:17','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2957,15,'2016-02-02 17:39:13','2016-02-03 01:39:13','','Scan0005','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0005-9','','','2016-02-02 17:39:13','2016-02-03 01:39:13','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2958,15,'2016-02-02 17:40:32','2016-02-03 01:40:32','','Scan0006','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0006-8','','','2016-02-02 17:40:32','2016-02-03 01:40:32','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2959,15,'2016-02-02 17:40:34','2016-02-03 01:40:34','','Scan0014','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0014-2','','','2016-02-02 17:40:34','2016-02-03 01:40:34','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0014.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2960,15,'2016-02-02 17:43:01','2016-02-03 01:43:01','','Scan0007','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0007-7','','','2016-02-02 17:43:01','2016-02-03 01:43:01','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2961,15,'2016-02-02 17:44:04','2016-02-03 01:44:04','','Scan0008','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0008-7','','','2016-02-02 17:44:04','2016-02-03 01:44:04','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2962,15,'2016-02-02 17:45:03','2016-02-03 01:45:03','','Scan0015','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0015-2','','','2016-02-02 17:45:03','2016-02-03 01:45:03','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0015.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2963,15,'2016-02-02 17:46:21','2016-02-03 01:46:21','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Ok guys, round three of the facial feature tutorial for color pencils; another quick but effective one. Let’s hop on it. The mouth is a fairly simply organ to draw. There are differences in both a man’s and woman’s lips and we will look at both differences and approach both contrasts in diverse ways. As a child the mouth was simple to draw; just draw a simple horizontal line across the bottom of the face and call it a day. As you progress into an artist, you understood that a lip formation was necessary not to mention teeth and gums. We’ll look at three examples and hopefully you’ll understand the method. With that being said I welcome any veteran artist to supply any suggestions to me that would help me – there is a certain way how I do the mouth and if someone has a different approach, I’m willing to listen.</span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2951 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-2-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" /></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The first picture shows the basics. This, in my opinion, is how you start drawing out the mouth of a female. Female lips are full and the top and bottom lips need to be illustrated fully. Keep in mind this will be in color pencil so make sure you make the lines lite or use a Blu Tack erasure to lighten the marks later. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2952 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-2-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" />\r\n\r\nIn this picture, you got two things going on here: first off you want to darken where the opening and closing of lips are. Here I use a tortillion to smudge the line to show some soft shading. I also use it at both of the corners of the mouth. I then start to add Col-Erase Scarlet Red to the top lip. I think it should be mention as I did in previous articles that using Col-Erase color pencils or Prismacolor pencils will show up way better on a scan picture then Sargent color pencil. I’m so done with that product. No wonder you can get them real cheap – you get what you pay for.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2955\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2955 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-3-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2954\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2954 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0013-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">OK so in this picture, the lips are basically done. I added more markings to the lips and left some areas white to show glare and highlight. It’s safe to say that in this stage, you would burnish the picture. Just in case you forgot, burnishing is when you take a white pencil or any real light pencil (Prismacolor Cream or Cloud Blue are also good burnishing tools) and color over it to mimic a blending. Also don’t forget, you can you a colorless blender as well.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2956 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-2-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Here’s another example; this time we’ll do a mouth illustrating a smile. We start off simple at first. It really looks like much is not going on here; even no teeth are drawn in but it gets more complex as we move along. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2957 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-2-300x181.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"181\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Here we focus on forming the gums and teeth with Col-Erase Black pencil and Pink pencil. When forming the teeth, do not draw straight, continuous lines. You want to break up the lines some on each one to illustrate some shading and angle. Draw a little bit of it, stop and move done some if room permitting (also use the Col-Erase black pencil). You want to add some markings at the bottom of the teeth so it helps show form of the teeth. When forming the gums make sure you are forming arches near the top with the pink pencil.</span>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2958\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2958 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-2-300x181.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"181\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2959\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2959 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0014-300x181.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"181\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">            In this last picture of this example, I added Col-Erase Scarlet Red to the majority of the lip taking care to lead some spots un-touch to illustrate glare. Also, I did the upper lip different this time; I did the markings horizontal while still keeping the traditional vertical lines on the bottom. Usually the top lip has a darker tone and lesser glare then the lower lip. Usually I keep that rule in mind when doing the lips and that’s why I tend to stray to this technique of coloring the lips.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2960 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-300x112.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"300\" height=\"112\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The last example we’ll look at is a man’s lip. Men’s lips are less fuller and smaller. We approach these lips by drawing the shaded parting of the lips and smaller top lip, but we only add some shading near the bottom of the lip to create the illusion that there is a bottom lip but its formation isn’t necessary.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2961 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-1-300x129.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"300\" height=\"129\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          We then take a CLEAN tortillion and shade the bottom shade of the lip (in case I didn’t mention, Col-Erase pencils can blend and shade like regular B&amp;W graphite pencils). While you still have the tortillion, smudge/shade the line that separates the top and bottom lip. You then want to add color to the upper lip. Start off first with Prismacolor Blush Pink at the corners and then extend out just a little. You then want to switch pencils and color the rest of the top lip with Prismacolor Beige Peach; you then want to go back and lightly color in some blush pink over the whole top lip. After that’s done, add more shading to form the bottom lip; use Prismacolor Dark Brown.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2962 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0015-300x129.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"129\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The last thing you can do is the “Carlos” method if you want. Burnish it and then load it up on your computer and digitally smooth it out if that’s the look you’re going for. Other than that, you’re done. See you guys in the next tutorial!</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing the Mouth in Color Pencil','','inherit','closed','closed','','2950-revision-v1','','','2016-02-02 17:46:21','2016-02-03 01:46:21','',2950,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2950-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2964,15,'2016-02-03 20:44:40','2016-02-04 04:44:40','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          It looks like the art gods have found favor on me again. Yep, you guys know the deal and the favorite subject that I’m covering today…..HAIR! I’m pretty sure you guys know how pretty stoke I am about drawing hair so I’ll spare you the details of my excitement and get right into the lesson. Here is the subject we’ll be studying today:</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2965 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_1279-e1454560442983-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_1279\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">I’ve used Jennifer in past articles so she’ll be our guinea pig in this article today. Look over her hair closely and try your best to follow me. Hopefully you have some Col-Erase color pencils – you’ll need them in this and future color pencil articles. If not, stop and order them or go out and buy them, I’ll be here waiting.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2966 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-300x210.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"210\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                         First off, as usual, sketch the model lightly. You’ll be lifting the dark marks with a Blu Tack erasure later when applying the different color pencils.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2967 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-3-300x210.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"210\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Once you have the basic sketch, you want to add tone to the subject. Here you can see that I added Col-Erase Black to the darker areas of the hair as well as at the top of the head. I then smudged or blended the black using a tortillion. I have always read that many artists say to start off with the darker areas first. Sometimes I do, sometimes I don’t. It just mostly depends on the subject I’m working on at that moment. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2968 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-4-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Moving right along, I started using my camera instead of my scanner since it didn’t pick up light color that much. In this picture, even though I used my camera, the brown wasn’t picked up as well but at least you can see it and know what I’m doing. Here I lightly apply Col-Erase Brown in selective areas of the hair. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2969 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/scan0004-300x257.jpg\" alt=\"scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"257\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext I apply Col-Erase canary yellow to spots that are not colored.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2970 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-3-300x291.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"291\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          I then take a tortillion and smudge the entire hair area. As I have stated in previous articles, Col-Erase pencils are blendable. Prismacolor are too but to an extent and they do not extend their blend smoothly to the corresponding area as easily as Col-Erase does. With Prismacolor, it’s best to blend by using a Prismacolor white color pencil or a colorless blender. After I applied the smudging, I then used Prismacolor dark brown to go over the majority of the hair to give it a somewhat glossy look. I then take a Prismacolor white pencil and colored over it to illustrate a blend which I don’t think you can see in this photo. I think it was done in the next and final step. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2971 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-3-300x291.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"291\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          The last and final step is always optional. It just depends on how much of a finished look you are going for. Basically, the previous step before this one is considered the final step but if you are going for the computer look here you go. Just load the semi-finished piece onto your computer and then use your paint shop program to “smooth” the drawing. It may look a little blurry, especially since the surroundings are pretty plain with no color or back ground; it would look better if the previous was done. If you want, go to my website and you will see some computer enhancements that were done. One of them, “Enticement” was actually done in crayon and I smoothed it out and now you can’t tell. Again, how you finish a piece is your prerogative, but mine will always be finish it with computer finishing. Hopefully you can take that information and apply it to some of your work. See you guys in the next round! </span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing Hair in Color Pencil','','pending','closed','open','','','','','2016-06-18 09:48:52','2016-06-18 16:48:52','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=2964',0,'post','',0),(2965,15,'2016-02-03 20:32:47','2016-02-04 04:32:47','','IMG_1279','','inherit','open','closed','','img_1279','','','2016-02-03 20:32:47','2016-02-04 04:32:47','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_1279.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2966,15,'2016-02-03 20:35:59','2016-02-04 04:35:59','','Scan0001','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0001-10','','','2016-02-03 20:35:59','2016-02-04 04:35:59','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2967,15,'2016-02-03 20:37:06','2016-02-04 04:37:06','','Scan0002','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0002-11','','','2016-02-03 20:37:06','2016-02-04 04:37:06','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2968,15,'2016-02-03 20:38:29','2016-02-04 04:38:29','','Scan0003','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0003-12','','','2016-02-03 20:38:29','2016-02-04 04:38:29','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2969,15,'2016-02-03 20:40:03','2016-02-04 04:40:03','','scan0004','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0004-11','','','2016-02-03 20:40:03','2016-02-04 04:40:03','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/scan0004.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2970,15,'2016-02-03 20:41:21','2016-02-04 04:41:21','','Scan0005','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0005-10','','','2016-02-03 20:41:21','2016-02-04 04:41:21','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2971,15,'2016-02-03 20:42:44','2016-02-04 04:42:44','','Scan0006','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0006-9','','','2016-02-03 20:42:44','2016-02-04 04:42:44','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2972,15,'2016-02-03 20:44:40','2016-02-04 04:44:40','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          It looks like the art gods have found favor on me again. Yep, you guys know the deal and the favorite subject that I’m covering today…..HAIR! I’m pretty sure you guys know how pretty stoke I am about drawing hair so I’ll spare you the details of my excitement and get right into the lesson. Here is the subject we’ll be studying today:</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2965 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_1279-e1454560442983-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_1279\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">I’ve used Jennifer in past articles so she’ll be our guinea pig in this article today. Look over her hair closely and try your best to follow me. Hopefully you have some Col-Erase color pencils – you’ll need them in this and future color pencil articles. If not, stop and order them or go out and buy them, I’ll be here waiting.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2966 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-300x210.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"210\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                         First off, as usual, sketch the model lightly. You’ll be lifting the dark marks with a Blu Tack erasure later when applying the different color pencils.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2967 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-3-300x210.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"210\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Once you have the basic sketch, you want to add tone to the subject. Here you can see that I added Col-Erase Black to the darker areas of the hair as well as at the top of the head. I then smudged or blended the black using a tortillion. I have always read that many artists say to start off with the darker areas first. Sometimes I do, sometimes I don’t. It just mostly depends on the subject I’m working on at that moment. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2968 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-4-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Moving right along, I started using my camera instead of my scanner since it didn’t pick up light color that much. In this picture, even though I used my camera, the brown wasn’t picked up as well but at least you can see it and know what I’m doing. Here I lightly apply Col-Erase Brown in selective areas of the hair. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2969 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/scan0004-300x257.jpg\" alt=\"scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"257\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext I apply Col-Erase canary yellow to spots that are not colored.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2970 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-3-300x291.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"291\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          I then take a tortillion and smudge the entire hair area. As I have stated in previous articles, Col-Erase pencils are blendable. Prismacolor are too but to an extent and they do not extend their blend smoothly to the corresponding area as easily as Col-Erase does. With Prismacolor, it’s best to blend by using a Prismacolor white color pencil or a colorless blender. After I applied the smudging, I then used Prismacolor dark brown to go over the majority of the hair to give it a somewhat glossy look. I then take a Prismacolor white pencil and colored over it to illustrate a blend which I don’t think you can see in this photo. I think it was done in the next and final step. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2971 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-3-300x291.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"291\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          The last and final step is always optional. It just depends on how much of a finished look you are going for. Basically, the previous step before this one is considered the final step but if you are going for the computer look here you go. Just load the semi-finished piece onto your computer and then use your paint shop program to “smooth” the drawing. It may look a little blurry, especially since the surroundings are pretty plain with no color or back ground; it would look better if the previous was done. If you want, go to my website and you will see some computer enhancements that were done. One of them, “Enticement” was actually done in crayon and I smoothed it out and now you can’t tell. Again, how you finish a piece is your prerogative, but mine will always be finish it with computer finishing. Hopefully you can take that information and apply it to some of your work. See you guys in the next round! </span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing Hair in Color Pencil','','inherit','closed','closed','','2964-revision-v1','','','2016-02-03 20:44:40','2016-02-04 04:44:40','',2964,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2964-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2973,2,'2016-02-04 06:18:27','2016-02-04 14:18:27','<h2>Maternity Drawing</h2>\nConsider drawing a woman that is pregnant. There are many different body shapes between a woman who is pregnant and one who is not.\n\nWhile there are many months of different changes a woman’s body goes through, there are some important changes to notice.\n\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2511 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/2-2-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"2 (2)\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\n\nWomen’s breasts will increase in size when they are pregnant. They also have a slightly different shape. For example, a woman\'s breasts will tend to be more round or full-looking.\n\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2512 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/3-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                                   <img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2513 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/4-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\n\nA woman’s hips also tend to get more wide as her body gets ready to deliver, along with experiencing weight gain throughout her whole body during pregnancy.\n\nMost important is the baby bump or where the woman carries the child. Her belly will have a large increase of size and a dramatic shape change.\n\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2514\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/5-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                                <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2515\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/6-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\n\nTo draw the pregnant belly, I start with what looks like a normal belly and then create a large circle, appreciating the shape that I see on the woman. Use the tear drop shape for this part of her body as her belly is more round at the bottom and straightens out toward her rib cage. A pregnant belly will be quite round near the side of the woman as well. You can indicate this with a hint of shading or even a thin line that is round.\n\nKeep in mind there are 9 months of pregnancy, so there are many different ways to draw a pregnant woman. Also, each woman carries a child differently and each child is different. These ideas will only give you a basic understanding of the figure of a pregnant woman.\n\n<img class=\"wp-image-2516 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/7-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"7\" width=\"290\" height=\"483\" />\n<h2>Breastfeeding</h2>\nSketch a basic outline sketch for both people. Consider actually drawing over the top of other body parts as if they were see-through.\n\nComplete a full sketch of both people. Then once you have done this, start erasing the unnecessary lines.\n\nDrawing people sitting together behind one another or interacting in many ways can be difficult, as their bodies where they touch will hide, distort, and change how the body looks.\n\nIn this drawing, pay attention to the hand as the baby holds her mother\'s breast. The breast responds to the pressure the figure is creating, making indents.\n\nTo draw the baby\'s face, draw the whole face and then draw the shape of the breast hiding part of the mouth of the baby.\n\nSmall details like the folds in the skin or pressure points of contact will create a more realistic drawing.\n\nUnderstanding body type will help you with this. In general, women have softer bodies, so a woman’s body will respond to touch better than a male body.\n<h2></h2>\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2517\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/773_10206255896210951_5597311057490364261_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"773_10206255896210951_5597311057490364261_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2518\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/535049_10206255896370955_8269886950683640004_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"535049_10206255896370955_8269886950683640004_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /> <img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2520 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/10277001_10206255895890943_5238965720297618814_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"10277001_10206255895890943_5238965720297618814_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\n\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2519 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/734829_10206255895730939_302612655374693973_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"734829_10206255895730939_302612655374693973_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\n\n<img class=\"wp-image-2521 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/final-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"final\" width=\"657\" height=\"394\" />\n<h2>Expression</h2>\nConsider the emotions in the drawing of a woman. Women go through a lot of emotional changes when becoming a mother. I think nothing is more beautiful than a woman who loves her body while pregnant or holding a baby so blissfully. Happiness is a great expression for drawing mother and child.\n\nThere are many things to consider when drawing mothers and babies, so keep an open mind and explore the possibilities.','How to Draw Mothers and Babies','','inherit','closed','closed','','2509-autosave-v1','','','2016-02-04 06:18:27','2016-02-04 14:18:27','',2509,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2509-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2974,2,'2016-02-03 21:55:37','2016-02-04 05:55:37','<h2>Maternity Drawing</h2>\r\nConsider drawing a woman that is pregnant. There are many different body shapes between a woman who is pregnant and one who is not.\r\n\r\nWhile there are many months of different changes a woman’s body goes through, there are some important changes to notice.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2511 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/2-2-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"2 (2)\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWomen’s breasts will increase in size when they are pregnant. They also have a slightly different shape. For example, a woman\'s breasts will tend to be more round or full looking.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2512 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/3-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                                   <img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2513 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/4-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nA woman’s hips also tend to get more wide as her body gets ready to deliver, along with experiencing weight gain throughout her whole body during pregnancy.\r\n\r\nMost important is the baby bump or where the woman carries the child. Her belly will have a large increase of size and a dramatic shape change.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2514\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/5-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                                <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2515\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/6-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nTo draw the pregnant belly: I start with what looks like a normal belly and then create a large circle, appreciating the shape that I see on the woman. Use the tear drop shape for this part of her body as her belly is more round at the bottom and straightens out toward her rib cage. A pregnant belly will be quite round near the side of the woman as well. You can indicate this with a hint of shading or even a thin line that is round.\r\n\r\nKeep in mind there are 9 months of pregnancy, so there are many different ways to draw a pregnant woman. Also, each woman carries a child differently and each child is different. These ideas will only give you a basic understanding of the figure of a pregnant woman.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone wp-image-2516\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/7-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"7\" width=\"290\" height=\"483\" />\r\n\r\nBreastfeeding\r\n\r\nOverlapping:\r\n\r\nSketch a basic outline sketch for both people consider actually drawing over top of other body parts as if they where see through\r\n\r\nComplete a full sketch of both people , then once you done this start erasing the unnecessary line.\r\n\r\nDrawing people sitting together behind one another or interacting in any ways can be difficulty as there bodies where they touch will hide distort and change how the body looks.\r\n\r\nIn this drawing pay attention to the hand as the baby hold her mothers breast the breast responds the pressure the figure are creating making indents.\r\n\r\nTo draw the baby face draw the whole face and then draw the shape of the breast hiding part of the mouth of the baby.\r\n\r\nSmall details like the folds in the skin or pressure points of contact will create a more realistic drawing.\r\nUnderstanding body type will help you with this in general woman have ore soft bodies so a woman’s body will respond to touch better then a male body.\r\n\r\nExpression, Consider the emotions in the drawing for woman, woman go though allot of emotional changes becoming a mother, I think nothing is more beautiful they a woman that loves her body while pregnant or holding a baby so blissful or happiness is a great expression for drawing mother and child.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2517\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/773_10206255896210951_5597311057490364261_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"773_10206255896210951_5597311057490364261_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2518\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/535049_10206255896370955_8269886950683640004_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"535049_10206255896370955_8269886950683640004_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2520\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/10277001_10206255895890943_5238965720297618814_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"10277001_10206255895890943_5238965720297618814_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2519\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/734829_10206255895730939_302612655374693973_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"734829_10206255895730939_302612655374693973_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone wp-image-2521\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/final-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"final\" width=\"657\" height=\"394\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThere are many things to consider when drawing woman so keep a open mind and explore the possibilities.','How to Draw Mothers and Babies','','inherit','closed','closed','','2509-revision-v1','','','2016-02-03 21:55:37','2016-02-04 05:55:37','',2509,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2509-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2975,15,'2016-02-04 04:01:23','2016-02-04 12:01:23','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          OK guys, it’s that time again and you’ll need to roll up your sleeve for this one. Today we’ll be looking at the ear – something I’ve always looked at with disguised. It has always been a challenge to me just for the simple fact that there are bumps, crevices, and hills within that organ even before you get into the inner ear canal. I think this lesson requires a step-by-step drawing tutorial on how to draw the ear from scratch. I know there are tutorials on this website already on drawing the ear from scratch but one can never have enough – especially when it comes to drawing the ear – then again it might just be me. As an added bonus, I’ll supply a quick tutorial on how to draw the lazy man’s ear as well. To me, it’s a very quick sketch and shade fill in that will save you some heartache. Enough of the procrastination, let’s tackle this subject with full force. </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                       The pictures below illustrate the basics on how the ear is formed and drawn:</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2976\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-4-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2977\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-3-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2978\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-2-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2979\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0009-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2980\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0010-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                        We will be following this small tutorial to help us draw out our own ear. </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The first part is very simple. All you need to draw is an upside down egg and don’t close it up. Leave it half way open on one end and you have the outside formed…….well sort of.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2981 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-4-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The next step requires that you add a hook on the inside. Well it’s not a hook fully, but you want to keep in mind that you want to follow the outer rim until you get close to the bottom and stop from there. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2982 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-4-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">           You want to then add the inside of the ear. It’s kind of hard to explain what type of object you can keep in mind when drawing this but your best bet is to look closely at this or the basic drawing of the ear that was shown earlier on this tutorial or even look at the other tutorials on this website to get a feel of how to draw the ear inners. I would say it looks like a “y” on its side – maybe that could fuel your imagination some. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2983 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-5-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          After you have figured out the inners of the ear, add a small half circle at the top of the ear. This will be the small indention that is on every ear……yes people, I have looked in the mirror and it’s there and I cannot ignore a small detail like that. I didn’t believe it at first but it’s there – no matter how small or insignificant it is, it’s there. Its main purpose in any drawing or painting is to illustrate a spot where shading can be used and drawn out and making the ear look more realistic.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2984 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-3-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext step is easy, take a Col-Erase black pencil or any other non-Sargent color pencil and add some shading to the inner ear. You want to smooth the black lead with a tortillion and then add some Col-Erase pink to the edges of the ear as well as near the bottom. This isn’t required; depending on how the subject is angled and where the light source is coming from, color and shading will vary. It also depends on what the subject is doing. If the subject is running or doing any physical activity that requires their blood to rush to certain areas of the body, they will appear to be more reddish/flushed, or pink. Yes, being an artist requires some knowledge of the anatomy and how it works.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2985 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0200-226x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0200\" width=\"226\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2986\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-4-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nI then take Prismacolor beige peach and color the majority of the ear except on the ear rim some just to show some light reflection/glare.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then add some Col-Erase brown to diverse areas of the ear to illustrate diverse tone going on. I especially concentrate putting it near or on the ear rim to show shading. I then load it on my computer and finish it by smoothing it out using PaintShop Pro. In case I never told you, the purpose of computer smoothing is to eliminate color pencil scribble. This helps make distracting marks disappear. The price for doing this is it might look blurry some but if you (1) go over it 3 times or more, it should eliminate the majority of it and (2) if you have a background and other entities in the picture, they will take the focus off of it.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2987\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0205-211x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0205\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2988\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0214-227x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0214\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2989\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0215-227x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0215\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                                          Ready to do the ear of the lazy man way? Well here it is.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">First step: you guess it, the half opened, upside down egg.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2990\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0011-260x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"260\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          This step is where the laziness comes in. As you can see, there is really no ear bumps or crevices to deal with here. The only thing you need to know is have a general idea of the ear’s anatomy so that you can apply the shading correctly or at least get the majority correct. Use Col-Erase black pencil to apply the shade or any pencil or color pencil. Anything will do except Sargent’s color pencil; they’re an abomination to God. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2991 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0012-260x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"260\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Ok so we got two colors going on here. I first applied Col-Erase pink. I only applied it sparingly in certain areas. Nowhere in particular, I just wanted to spread the color in certain areas to illustrate various tones. With that being said, I then added, you guess it, Prismacolor beige peach to the whole ear. The picture looks a little rough and amateurish but no worries, we got one more step!</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2992 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0219-224x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0219\" width=\"224\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The last and final step is of course, computer smoothing. Look at the computer smoothing picture in contrast to the last rough, looking color pencil picture. Do you see why I prefer to smooth it out on computer? You could do it manually but it not only requires blending with either a white pencil or a colorless blender, it requires that you color the designated color harder into the subject which I’m not still too crazy about. Maybe one day I get the courage to do so but at the moment, I’m content with the computer smoothing. Hopefully you guys can find some contentment with this technique for now. See you guys in the next lesson!</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2993 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0220-224x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0220\" width=\"224\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing the Ear in Color Pencil','','pending','closed','open','','','','','2016-06-18 09:48:40','2016-06-18 16:48:40','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=2975',0,'post','',0),(2976,15,'2016-02-04 03:40:33','2016-02-04 11:40:33','','Scan0006','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0006-10','','','2016-02-04 03:40:33','2016-02-04 11:40:33','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2977,15,'2016-02-04 03:40:36','2016-02-04 11:40:36','','Scan0007','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0007-8','','','2016-02-04 03:40:36','2016-02-04 11:40:36','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2978,15,'2016-02-04 03:40:38','2016-02-04 11:40:38','','Scan0008','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0008-8','','','2016-02-04 03:40:38','2016-02-04 11:40:38','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2979,15,'2016-02-04 03:40:40','2016-02-04 11:40:40','','Scan0009','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0009-2','','','2016-02-04 03:40:40','2016-02-04 11:40:40','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0009.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2980,15,'2016-02-04 03:40:41','2016-02-04 11:40:41','','Scan0010','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0010-2','','','2016-02-04 03:40:41','2016-02-04 11:40:41','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0010.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2981,15,'2016-02-04 03:42:50','2016-02-04 11:42:50','','Scan0001','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0001-11','','','2016-02-04 03:42:50','2016-02-04 11:42:50','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2982,15,'2016-02-04 03:43:38','2016-02-04 11:43:38','','Scan0002','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0002-12','','','2016-02-04 03:43:38','2016-02-04 11:43:38','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2983,15,'2016-02-04 03:44:45','2016-02-04 11:44:45','','Scan0003','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0003-13','','','2016-02-04 03:44:45','2016-02-04 11:44:45','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2984,15,'2016-02-04 03:45:55','2016-02-04 11:45:55','','Scan0004','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0004-12','','','2016-02-04 03:45:55','2016-02-04 11:45:55','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2985,15,'2016-02-04 03:47:51','2016-02-04 11:47:51','','IMG_0200','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0200','','','2016-02-04 03:47:51','2016-02-04 11:47:51','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0200.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2986,15,'2016-02-04 03:47:53','2016-02-04 11:47:53','','Scan0005','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0005-11','','','2016-02-04 03:47:53','2016-02-04 11:47:53','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2987,15,'2016-02-04 03:49:39','2016-02-04 11:49:39','','IMG_0205','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0205','','','2016-02-04 03:49:39','2016-02-04 11:49:39','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0205.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2988,15,'2016-02-04 03:49:48','2016-02-04 11:49:48','','IMG_0214','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0214','','','2016-02-04 03:49:48','2016-02-04 11:49:48','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0214.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2989,15,'2016-02-04 03:49:55','2016-02-04 11:49:55','','IMG_0215','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0215','','','2016-02-04 03:49:55','2016-02-04 11:49:55','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0215.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2990,15,'2016-02-04 03:55:44','2016-02-04 11:55:44','','Scan0011','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0011-4','','','2016-02-04 03:55:44','2016-02-04 11:55:44','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0011.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2991,15,'2016-02-04 03:56:42','2016-02-04 11:56:42','','Scan0012','','inherit','open','closed','','scan0012-3','','','2016-02-04 03:56:42','2016-02-04 11:56:42','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0012.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2992,15,'2016-02-04 03:58:33','2016-02-04 11:58:33','','IMG_0219','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0219','','','2016-02-04 03:58:33','2016-02-04 11:58:33','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0219.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2993,15,'2016-02-04 03:59:41','2016-02-04 11:59:41','','IMG_0220','','inherit','open','closed','','img_0220','','','2016-02-04 03:59:41','2016-02-04 11:59:41','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0220.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2994,15,'2016-02-04 04:01:23','2016-02-04 12:01:23','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          OK guys, it’s that time again and you’ll need to roll up your sleeve for this one. Today we’ll be looking at the ear – something I’ve always looked at with disguised. It has always been a challenge to me just for the simple fact that there are bumps, crevices, and hills within that organ even before you get into the inner ear canal. I think this lesson requires a step-by-step drawing tutorial on how to draw the ear from scratch. I know there are tutorials on this website already on drawing the ear from scratch but one can never have enough – especially when it comes to drawing the ear – then again it might just be me. As an added bonus, I’ll supply a quick tutorial on how to draw the lazy man’s ear as well. To me, it’s a very quick sketch and shade fill in that will save you some heartache. Enough of the procrastination, let’s tackle this subject with full force. </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                       The pictures below illustrate the basics on how the ear is formed and drawn:</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2976\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-4-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2977\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-3-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2978\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-2-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2979\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0009-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2980\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0010-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                        We will be following this small tutorial to help us draw out our own ear. </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The first part is very simple. All you need to draw is an upside down egg and don’t close it up. Leave it half way open on one end and you have the outside formed…….well sort of.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2981 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-4-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The next step requires that you add a hook on the inside. Well it’s not a hook fully, but you want to keep in mind that you want to follow the outer rim until you get close to the bottom and stop from there. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2982 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-4-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">           You want to then add the inside of the ear. It’s kind of hard to explain what type of object you can keep in mind when drawing this but your best bet is to look closely at this or the basic drawing of the ear that was shown earlier on this tutorial or even look at the other tutorials on this website to get a feel of how to draw the ear inners. I would say it looks like a “y” on its side – maybe that could fuel your imagination some. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2983 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-5-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          After you have figured out the inners of the ear, add a small half circle at the top of the ear. This will be the small indention that is on every ear……yes people, I have looked in the mirror and it’s there and I cannot ignore a small detail like that. I didn’t believe it at first but it’s there – no matter how small or insignificant it is, it’s there. Its main purpose in any drawing or painting is to illustrate a spot where shading can be used and drawn out and making the ear look more realistic.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2984 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-3-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext step is easy, take a Col-Erase black pencil or any other non-Sargent color pencil and add some shading to the inner ear. You want to smooth the black lead with a tortillion and then add some Col-Erase pink to the edges of the ear as well as near the bottom. This isn’t required; depending on how the subject is angled and where the light source is coming from, color and shading will vary. It also depends on what the subject is doing. If the subject is running or doing any physical activity that requires their blood to rush to certain areas of the body, they will appear to be more reddish/flushed, or pink. Yes, being an artist requires some knowledge of the anatomy and how it works.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2985 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0200-226x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0200\" width=\"226\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2986\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-4-242x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"242\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nI then take Prismacolor beige peach and color the majority of the ear except on the ear rim some just to show some light reflection/glare.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then add some Col-Erase brown to diverse areas of the ear to illustrate diverse tone going on. I especially concentrate putting it near or on the ear rim to show shading. I then load it on my computer and finish it by smoothing it out using PaintShop Pro. In case I never told you, the purpose of computer smoothing is to eliminate color pencil scribble. This helps make distracting marks disappear. The price for doing this is it might look blurry some but if you (1) go over it 3 times or more, it should eliminate the majority of it and (2) if you have a background and other entities in the picture, they will take the focus off of it.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2987\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0205-211x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0205\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2988\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0214-227x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0214\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2989\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0215-227x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0215\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">                                                                                          Ready to do the ear of the lazy man way? Well here it is.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">First step: you guess it, the half opened, upside down egg.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2990\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0011-260x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"260\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          This step is where the laziness comes in. As you can see, there is really no ear bumps or crevices to deal with here. The only thing you need to know is have a general idea of the ear’s anatomy so that you can apply the shading correctly or at least get the majority correct. Use Col-Erase black pencil to apply the shade or any pencil or color pencil. Anything will do except Sargent’s color pencil; they’re an abomination to God. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2991 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0012-260x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"260\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Ok so we got two colors going on here. I first applied Col-Erase pink. I only applied it sparingly in certain areas. Nowhere in particular, I just wanted to spread the color in certain areas to illustrate various tones. With that being said, I then added, you guess it, Prismacolor beige peach to the whole ear. The picture looks a little rough and amateurish but no worries, we got one more step!</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2992 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0219-224x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0219\" width=\"224\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The last and final step is of course, computer smoothing. Look at the computer smoothing picture in contrast to the last rough, looking color pencil picture. Do you see why I prefer to smooth it out on computer? You could do it manually but it not only requires blending with either a white pencil or a colorless blender, it requires that you color the designated color harder into the subject which I’m not still too crazy about. Maybe one day I get the courage to do so but at the moment, I’m content with the computer smoothing. Hopefully you guys can find some contentment with this technique for now. See you guys in the next lesson!</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2993 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0220-224x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0220\" width=\"224\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing the Ear in Color Pencil','','inherit','closed','closed','','2975-revision-v1','','','2016-02-04 04:01:23','2016-02-04 12:01:23','',2975,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2975-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2995,2,'2016-02-04 06:21:02','2016-02-04 14:21:02','<h2>Maternity Drawing</h2>\r\nConsider drawing a woman that is pregnant. There are many different body shapes between a woman who is pregnant and one who is not.\r\n\r\nWhile there are many months of different changes a woman’s body goes through, there are some important changes to notice.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2511 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/2-2-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"2 (2)\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWomen’s breasts will increase in size when they are pregnant. They also have a slightly different shape. For example, a woman\'s breasts will tend to be more round or full-looking.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2512 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/3-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                                   <img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2513 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/4-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nA woman’s hips also tend to get more wide as her body gets ready to deliver, along with experiencing weight gain throughout her whole body during pregnancy.\r\n\r\nMost important is the baby bump or where the woman carries the child. Her belly will have a large increase of size and a dramatic shape change.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2514\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/5-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />                                <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2515\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/6-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nTo draw the pregnant belly, I start with what looks like a normal belly and then create a large circle, appreciating the shape that I see on the woman. Use the tear drop shape for this part of her body as her belly is more round at the bottom and straightens out toward her rib cage. A pregnant belly will be quite round near the side of the woman as well. You can indicate this with a hint of shading or even a thin line that is round.\r\n\r\nKeep in mind there are 9 months of pregnancy, so there are many different ways to draw a pregnant woman. Also, each woman carries a child differently and each child is different. These ideas will only give you a basic understanding of the figure of a pregnant woman.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2516 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/7-1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"7\" width=\"290\" height=\"483\" />\r\n<h2>Breastfeeding</h2>\r\nSketch a basic outline sketch for both people. Consider actually drawing over the top of other body parts as if they were see-through.\r\n\r\nComplete a full sketch of both people. Then once you have done this, start erasing the unnecessary lines.\r\n\r\nDrawing people sitting together behind one another or interacting in many ways can be difficult, as their bodies where they touch will hide, distort, and change how the body looks.\r\n\r\nIn this drawing, pay attention to the hand as the baby holds her mother\'s breast. The breast responds to the pressure the figure is creating, making indents.\r\n\r\nTo draw the baby\'s face, draw the whole face and then draw the shape of the breast hiding part of the mouth of the baby.\r\n\r\nSmall details like the folds in the skin or pressure points of contact will create a more realistic drawing.\r\n\r\nUnderstanding body type will help you with this. In general, women have softer bodies, so a woman’s body will respond to touch better than a male body.\r\n<h2></h2>\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2517\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/773_10206255896210951_5597311057490364261_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"773_10206255896210951_5597311057490364261_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /> <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2518\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/535049_10206255896370955_8269886950683640004_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"535049_10206255896370955_8269886950683640004_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /> <img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2520 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/10277001_10206255895890943_5238965720297618814_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"10277001_10206255895890943_5238965720297618814_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2519 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/734829_10206255895730939_302612655374693973_n-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"734829_10206255895730939_302612655374693973_n\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" />\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2521 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/final-300x180.jpg\" alt=\"final\" width=\"657\" height=\"394\" />\r\n<h2>Expression</h2>\r\nConsider the emotions in the drawing of a woman. Women go through a lot of emotional changes when becoming a mother. I think nothing is more beautiful than a woman who loves her body while pregnant or holding a baby so blissfully. Happiness is a great expression for drawing mother and child.\r\n\r\nThere are many things to consider when drawing mothers and babies, so keep an open mind and explore the possibilities.','How to Draw Mothers and Babies','','inherit','closed','closed','','2509-revision-v1','','','2016-02-04 06:21:02','2016-02-04 14:21:02','',2509,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2509-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2998,2,'2016-02-05 20:56:35','2016-02-06 04:56:35','','how to draw tom brady reference','','inherit','open','closed','','how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference-2','','','2016-02-05 20:56:35','2016-02-06 04:56:35','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2997,2,'2016-02-05 20:14:24','2016-02-06 04:14:24','<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2837 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference-1-240x300.jpg\" alt=\"how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference\" width=\"240\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nOk kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants so some scans will have black smudges on them…..bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a drawing of Tom Brady…….a man! As I have stated in previous articles, I’m not into drawing men, I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men but as an artist one needs to be diversify, I cannot limit myself to just women only. Even though I’ll grumble under my breathe about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2838 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-3-209x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"209\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">          As I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing quickly as possible; with that being said, I used a light box. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to caption his frizzled hair close as I could; not to mention I wanted to capture the majority of his Jersey wrinkles.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2839 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3-300x118.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"118\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">         Believe it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2840 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">          I then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil/color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP PERIOD. What you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips usual illustrated the same skin tone that is in the surrounded mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is. Don’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area. In the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a fainted/smudge look.  </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2842 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3-300x292.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"292\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3-300x292.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"292\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">          Time to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone. In this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks/strands by using a pencil erasure.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2843 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3-232x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"232\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">                               To finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas; I had enough graphite on the tortillion.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2844 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-2-250x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"250\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">                                       I then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2845 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-3-231x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"231\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the paints and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands; I provide a separate tutorial about that and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future. Anywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest but you get the drift. Love him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us but it’s cool, we’re artist. Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-revision-v1','','','2016-02-05 20:14:24','2016-02-06 04:14:24','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3002,2,'2016-02-05 21:28:36','2016-02-06 05:28:36','&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nOk kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants, so some scans will have black smudges on them...bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a drawing of Tom Brady...a man!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2998\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2998\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady reference\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a>As I have stated in previous articles, I’m not into drawing men. I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men, but as an artist one needs to diversify. I cannot limit myself to just women only.\r\n\r\nEven though I’ll grumble under my breath about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and more diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\r\n\r\nAs I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing as quickly as possible. With that being said, I used a light box. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to capture his frizzled hair as closely as I could; not to mention, I wanted to capture the majority of his jersey wrinkles.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3001\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3001\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"418\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBelieve it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2839\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2839\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"394\" height=\"155\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil or color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP PERIOD.\r\n\r\nWhat you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips are usually illustrated with the same skin tone that is in the surrounding mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is.\r\n\r\nDon’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area.\r\n\r\nIn the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a fainted or smudged look.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2840\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTime to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2841\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIn this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks and strands by using a pencil erasure.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2842\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas. I had enough graphite on the tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2843\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"515\" height=\"667\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas, followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3000\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3000\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007-2\" width=\"501\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the pants and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands. I provide a separate tutorial about that and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future.\r\n\r\nAnywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest, but you get the drift.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2999\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2999\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady\" width=\"461\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLove him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us, but it’s cool...we’re artists! Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-revision-v1','','','2016-02-05 21:28:36','2016-02-06 05:28:36','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3003,2,'2016-02-05 21:29:05','2016-02-06 05:29:05','Ok kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants, so some scans will have black smudges on them...bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a drawing of Tom Brady...a man!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2998\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2998\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady reference\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a>As I have stated in previous articles, I’m not into drawing men. I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men, but as an artist one needs to diversify. I cannot limit myself to just women only.\r\n\r\nEven though I’ll grumble under my breath about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and more diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\r\n\r\nAs I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing as quickly as possible. With that being said, I used a light box. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to capture his frizzled hair as closely as I could; not to mention, I wanted to capture the majority of his jersey wrinkles.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3001\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3001\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"418\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBelieve it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2839\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2839\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"394\" height=\"155\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil or color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP PERIOD.\r\n\r\nWhat you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips are usually illustrated with the same skin tone that is in the surrounding mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is.\r\n\r\nDon’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area.\r\n\r\nIn the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a fainted or smudged look.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2840\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTime to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2841\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIn this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks and strands by using a pencil erasure.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2842\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas. I had enough graphite on the tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2843\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"515\" height=\"667\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas, followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3000\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3000\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007-2\" width=\"501\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the pants and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands. I provide a separate tutorial about that and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future.\r\n\r\nAnywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest, but you get the drift.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2999\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2999\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady\" width=\"461\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLove him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us, but it’s cool...we’re artists! Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-revision-v1','','','2016-02-05 21:29:05','2016-02-06 05:29:05','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3004,2,'2016-02-05 21:35:42','2016-02-06 05:35:42','Ok kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants, so some scans will have black smudges on them...bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a drawing of Tom Brady...a man!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2998\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2998\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady reference\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a>As I have stated in previous articles, I’m not into drawing men. I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men, but as an artist one needs to diversify. I cannot limit myself to just women only.\r\n\r\nEven though I’ll grumble under my breath about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and more diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\r\n\r\nAs I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing as quickly as possible. With that being said, I used a light box. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to capture his frizzled hair as closely as I could; not to mention, I wanted to capture the majority of his jersey wrinkles.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3001\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3001\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"418\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBelieve it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2839\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2839\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"394\" height=\"155\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil or color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP - PERIOD.\r\n\r\nWhat you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips are usually illustrated with the same skin tone that is in the surrounding mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is.\r\n\r\nDon’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area.\r\n\r\nIn the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a fainted or smudged look.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2840\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTime to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2841\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIn this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks and strands by using a pencil erasure.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2842\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas. I had enough graphite on the tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2843\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"515\" height=\"667\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas, followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3000\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3000\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007-2\" width=\"501\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the pants and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands. I provide a separate tutorial about that and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future.\r\n\r\nAnywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest, but you get the drift.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2999\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2999\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady\" width=\"461\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLove him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us, but it’s cool...we’re artists! Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-revision-v1','','','2016-02-05 21:35:42','2016-02-06 05:35:42','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3005,2,'2016-02-06 05:49:59','2016-02-06 13:49:59','Ok kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants, so some scans will have black smudges on them...bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a drawing of Tom Brady...a man!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2998\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2998\"><img class=\"wp-image-2998 size-full\" title=\"© Jerry Coli | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady reference\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a> <center>© <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/wickedgood_info\">Jerry Coli</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\nAs I have stated in previous articles, I’m not into drawing men. I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men, but as an artist one needs to diversify. I cannot limit myself to just women only.\r\n\r\nEven though I’ll grumble under my breath about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and more diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\r\n\r\nAs I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing as quickly as possible. With that being said, I used a light box. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to capture his frizzled hair as closely as I could; not to mention, I wanted to capture the majority of his jersey wrinkles.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3001\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3001\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"418\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBelieve it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2839\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2839\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"394\" height=\"155\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil or color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP - PERIOD.\r\n\r\nWhat you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips are usually illustrated with the same skin tone that is in the surrounding mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is.\r\n\r\nDon’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area.\r\n\r\nIn the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a fainted or smudged look.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2840\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTime to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2841\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIn this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks and strands by using a pencil erasure.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2842\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas. I had enough graphite on the tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2843\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"515\" height=\"667\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas, followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3000\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3000\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007-2\" width=\"501\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the pants and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands. I provide a separate tutorial about that and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future.\r\n\r\nAnywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest, but you get the drift.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2999\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2999\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady\" width=\"461\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLove him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us, but it’s cool...we’re artists! Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-revision-v1','','','2016-02-06 05:49:59','2016-02-06 13:49:59','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3011,22,'2016-02-07 20:30:24','2016-02-08 04:30:24','','IMG_20160207_160032639','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_160032639','','','2016-02-07 20:30:24','2016-02-08 04:30:24','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160032639.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3012,22,'2016-02-07 20:44:16','2016-02-08 04:44:16','Learning to draw shoes is a great way to practice observing fine details and enhance your drawing skills. I started with a grid drawing to ensure I created accurate proportions for my shoes. My drawing paper size is 8.5 x 11 inches, so I printed out my picture to be half that size, 4.25 x 5.5. Whatever size your drawing paper is, divide each side by two, and print your reference picture in that size.\r\n\r\nI created a 1 inch grid on my reference picture, and a 2 inch grid on my drawing paper, leaving me with the same number of boxes on both pieces of paper.\r\n\r\nTo use a grid to draw, we\'re basically going to focus on drawing what we see in each square and draw one square at a time.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3011\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160032639-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160032639\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','See How Drawing Tennis Shoes Can Keep You on Your Toes','','inherit','closed','closed','','3010-revision-v1','','','2016-02-07 20:44:16','2016-02-08 04:44:16','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3010-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3014,22,'2016-02-07 20:56:53','2016-02-08 04:56:53','','IMG_20160207_160655676','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_160655676','','','2016-02-07 20:56:53','2016-02-08 04:56:53','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160655676.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3015,22,'2016-02-07 20:59:11','2016-02-08 04:59:11','Learning to draw shoes is a great way to practice observing fine details and enhance your drawing skills. I started with a grid drawing to ensure I created accurate proportions for my shoes. My drawing paper size is 8.5 x 11 inches, so I printed out my picture to be half that size, 4.25 x 5.5. Whatever size your drawing paper is, divide each side by two, and print your reference picture in that size.\r\n\r\nI created a 1 inch grid on my reference picture, and a 2 inch grid on my drawing paper, leaving me with the same number of boxes on both pieces of paper.\r\n\r\nTo use a grid to draw, we\'re basically going to focus on drawing what we see in each square and draw one square at a time.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3011\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160032639-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160032639\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nTo start, I counted 3 squares down and 2 squares over on both of my grids- this is the square I will start drawing. <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3014\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160655676-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160655676\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nWhen using a grid to draw, it is important to focus just on that square and observe where each line/object fits in that particular square. I first started drawing the outline of the shoe, and then added the details of the shoelaces.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','See How Drawing Tennis Shoes Can Keep You on Your Toes','','inherit','closed','closed','','3010-revision-v1','','','2016-02-07 20:59:11','2016-02-08 04:59:11','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3010-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3016,22,'2016-02-07 21:04:19','2016-02-08 05:04:19','','IMG_20160207_160932176','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_160932176','','','2016-02-07 21:04:19','2016-02-08 05:04:19','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160932176.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3017,22,'2016-02-07 21:12:49','2016-02-08 05:12:49','','IMG_20160207_183744042','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_183744042','','','2016-02-07 21:12:49','2016-02-08 05:12:49','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_183744042.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3018,22,'2016-02-07 21:17:56','2016-02-08 05:17:56','','IMG_20160207_185009250_TOP','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_185009250_top','','','2016-02-07 21:17:56','2016-02-08 05:17:56','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_185009250_TOP.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3019,22,'2016-02-07 21:20:45','2016-02-08 05:20:45','Learning to draw shoes is a great way to practice observing fine details and enhance your drawing skills. I started with a grid drawing to ensure I created accurate proportions for my shoes. My drawing paper size is 8.5 x 11 inches, so I printed out my picture to be half that size, 4.25 x 5.5. Whatever size your drawing paper is, divide each side by two, and print your reference picture in that size.\r\n\r\nI created a 1 inch grid on my reference picture, and a 2 inch grid on my drawing paper, leaving me with the same number of boxes on both pieces of paper.\r\n\r\nTo use a grid to draw, we\'re basically going to focus on drawing what we see in each square and draw one square at a time.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3011\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160032639-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160032639\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nTo start, I counted 3 squares down and 2 squares over on both of my grids- this is the square I will start drawing. <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3014\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160655676-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160655676\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nWhen using a grid to draw, it is important to focus just on that square and observe where each line/object fits in that particular square. I first started drawing the outline of the shoe, and then added the details of the shoelaces.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw everything you see in one square, you are ready to move on to the next. I chose to move down to the square directly below the one we just drew. If you find it difficult to draw what you see in a particular square, you can always divide the square into 4 smaller squares so you are focusing on smaller areas at a time. To do this, divide the square on your reference picture in half horizontally and vertically. Do the same on your drawing paper so you are left with 4 smaller squares. Now you can focus on drawing what you see in each smaller square.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3016\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160932176-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160932176\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nContinue moving to each square, drawing the outline of the shoes and adding the details you see as you go. If some details seem too overwhelming to draw at first, it\'s okay to make your own artistic decisions and leave some details out of your drawing to make it your own.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3017\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_183744042-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_183744042\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nWhen you have your basic line drawing completed, it should look something like this:\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3018\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_185009250_TOP-300x162.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_185009250_TOP\" width=\"300\" height=\"162\" />\r\n\r\nDouble check to make sure you have everything drawn, and next you are ready to erase your grid lines. Since I\'m just focusing on the shoes for this tutorial, I\'m only going to erase the grid lines from the shoe area.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','See How Drawing Tennis Shoes Can Keep You on Your Toes','','inherit','closed','closed','','3010-revision-v1','','','2016-02-07 21:20:45','2016-02-08 05:20:45','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3010-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3020,22,'2016-02-07 21:22:04','2016-02-08 05:22:04','','IMG_20160207_185451456','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_185451456','','','2016-02-07 21:22:04','2016-02-08 05:22:04','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_185451456.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3021,22,'2016-02-07 21:29:01','2016-02-08 05:29:01','','IMG_20160207_191345207','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_191345207','','','2016-02-07 21:29:01','2016-02-08 05:29:01','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_191345207.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3022,22,'2016-02-07 21:34:16','2016-02-08 05:34:16','','IMG_20160207_193254433','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_193254433','','','2016-02-07 21:34:16','2016-02-08 05:34:16','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_193254433.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3023,22,'2016-02-07 21:38:40','2016-02-08 05:38:40','','IMG_20160207_203013255','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_203013255','','','2016-02-07 21:38:40','2016-02-08 05:38:40','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_203013255.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3024,22,'2016-02-07 21:41:29','2016-02-08 05:41:29','','IMG_20160207_203727906','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_203727906','','','2016-02-07 21:41:29','2016-02-08 05:41:29','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_203727906.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3025,22,'2016-02-07 21:44:52','2016-02-08 05:44:52','','IMG_20160207_205541936','','inherit','open','closed','','img_20160207_205541936','','','2016-02-07 21:44:52','2016-02-08 05:44:52','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_205541936.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3026,22,'2016-02-07 21:58:54','2016-02-08 05:58:54','Learning to draw shoes is a great way to practice observing fine details and enhance your drawing skills. To start, you can free hand draw the tennis shoes on your drawing paper, but I chose to create a grid drawing to ensure I captured the accurate proportions of my shoes. My drawing paper size is 8.5 x 11 inches, so I printed out my reference picture to be half that size, 4.25 x 5.5 inches. Whatever size your drawing paper is, divide each side by two, and print your reference picture in that size.\r\n\r\nI created a 1 inch grid on my reference picture, and a 2 inch grid on my drawing paper, leaving me with the same number of boxes on both pieces of paper.\r\n\r\nTo use a grid to draw, we\'re basically going to focus on drawing what we see in each square and draw one square at a time.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3011\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160032639-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160032639\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nTo start, I counted 3 squares down and 2 squares over on both of my grids- this is the square I will start drawing. <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3014\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160655676-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160655676\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nWhen using a grid to draw, it is important to focus just on that square and observe where each line or object fits in that particular square. I first started drawing the outline of the shoe, and then added the details and the shoelaces.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw everything you see in one square, you are ready to move on to the next. I chose to move down to the square directly below the one we just drew. If you find it difficult to draw what you see in a particular square, you can always divide the square into 4 smaller squares so you are focusing on smaller areas at a time. To do this, divide the square on your reference picture in half horizontally and vertically. Do the same on your drawing paper so you are left with 4 smaller squares. Now you can focus on drawing what you see in each smaller square.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3016\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_160932176-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_160932176\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nContinue moving to each square, drawing the outline of the shoes and adding the details you see as you go. If some details seem too overwhelming to draw at first, it\'s okay to make your own artistic decisions and leave some details out of your drawing to make it your own. However, it can be a good challenge to draw all of the fine details you see.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3017\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_183744042-300x169.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_183744042\" width=\"300\" height=\"169\" />\r\n\r\nWhen you have your basic line drawing completed, it should look something like this:\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3018\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_185009250_TOP-300x162.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_185009250_TOP\" width=\"300\" height=\"162\" />\r\n\r\nDouble check to make sure you have everything drawn in each square, and next you are ready to erase your grid lines. Since I\'m just focusing on the shoes for this tutorial, I\'m only going to erase the grid lines only from the shoe area.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3020\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_185451456-300x162.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_185451456\" width=\"300\" height=\"162\" />\r\n\r\nNow you have a basic drawing of tennis shoes! In order to really bring your drawing to life, it\'s important to add value. To do this, I\'m using an HB or a #2 pencil and a blending stump. When we add value, we\'re referring to the differences between lights and darks, or highlights and shadows, and you always want at least 3 distinctly different values for a realistic drawing. When you first start, find your midtones, or the values that are in between your darkest shadow and your lightest highlight. Hold your pencil at an angle and use the side of your pencil to shade in the midtone area using medium pressure.\r\n\r\nNext, find areas that have darker shadows and shade while applying more pressure with your pencil to create a darker value. For areas that are highlighted, you can leave them the white of your paper or erase them later.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3021\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_191345207-300x168.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_191345207\" width=\"300\" height=\"168\" />\r\n\r\nWhen you have an area shaded in with pencil, you can use a blending stump to create an even tone and heighten the realistic qualities of your drawing. Make sure to use the side of your blending stump, not the tip, otherwise you will flatten the fine point.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3022\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_193254433-300x161.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_193254433\" width=\"300\" height=\"161\" />\r\n\r\nContinue this process throughout the entire drawing, starting with midtones, and layering shadows on top with more pressure.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3023\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_203013255-300x168.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_203013255\" width=\"300\" height=\"168\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see from this progression of adding value, working in layers is very helpful, and your first layer of graphite pencil will not be your last. The closer you can identify and create the subtle value changes, the more realistic your drawing will become. Another helpful tip is to print out your reference picture in black and white so you can easily see the different values to create.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3024\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_203727906-300x158.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_203727906\" width=\"300\" height=\"158\" />\r\n\r\nHere is our final product! I created this drawing using only one drawing pencil (HB or #2), but you can explore using a variety of drawing pencils to get even more contrast to create even more realistic qualities. The more you practice drawing, the more comfortable you will get with adding fine details and a variety of values. Enjoy, and keep drawing!\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3025\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_20160207_205541936-300x242.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_20160207_205541936\" width=\"300\" height=\"242\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','See How Drawing Tennis Shoes Can Keep You on Your Toes','','inherit','closed','closed','','3010-revision-v1','','','2016-02-07 21:58:54','2016-02-08 05:58:54','',3010,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3010-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3029,2,'2016-02-09 21:52:07','2016-02-10 05:52:07','Welcome to our gallery of family drawings! Here you can view drawings of family members by our contributors and visitors.\r\n\r\nAs someone who is becoming more skilled at drawing people, you will find family and friends taking an increased interest in your talent. As a professional portrait artist, people who love your artwork will undoubtedly want to become your clients. When family, friends, or other people ask you (or pay you) to draw for them, who do they most often want you to draw?\r\n\r\nThey usually want you to draw a portrait from their personal collection of family photos. They may even ask you to take people from two or more photographs and combine them into one drawing. Your artistic creativity may sometimes be at play too, as when people ask you to include elements not in the original photographs.\r\n\r\nYou will see examples of all of these scenarios within this gallery. Notice the different arrangements of the subjects, features, and how the various elements of the family drawings create pleasing compositions. Happy viewing!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> family portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"649,644,761,762,763,666,1418,1422,1435,1654,1665,3028\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Family Drawings','','inherit','closed','closed','','662-revision-v1','','','2016-02-09 21:52:07','2016-02-10 05:52:07','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/662-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3050,2,'2016-05-18 20:14:13','2016-05-19 03:14:13','Ok kiddos I’m back – it’s the artist you love to hate! First off I need to apologize because my scanner was in that mood where it wanted to do want it wants, so some scans will have black smudges on them...bummer. The other thing is I was not feeling this drawing, sort of. As the title stated, this is a tutorial for how to draw Tom Brady...a man!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2998\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2998\"><img class=\"wp-image-2998 size-full\" title=\"© Jerry Coli | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady-reference.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady reference\" width=\"480\" height=\"600\" /></a> <center>© <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/wickedgood_info\">Jerry Coli</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\nAs I have stated in previous articles, <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-shade-a-drawing-of-a-man/\">I’m not into drawing men</a>. I lean a lot toward women because well, I’m a guy! There’s no stimulation for me in drawing men, but as an artist one needs to diversify. I cannot limit myself to just women only.\r\n\r\nEven though I’ll grumble under my breath about having a man as an art subject, I know it’s necessary to draw them if I want to flourish and grow into a better and more diversified artist. With that being said, let’s bite down and get through this one.\r\n<h2>Use a Light Box for the Basics</h2>\r\nAs I stated earlier, this is a guy so I wanted to finish this drawing as quickly as possible. With that being said, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">I used a light box</span>. I used it not only for the subject in general but I wanted to capture his frizzled hair as closely as I could; not to mention, I wanted to capture the majority of his jersey wrinkles.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3001\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3001\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-3-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001-3\" width=\"418\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Draw the Eyes</h2>\r\nBelieve it or not, his eyes were a challenge for the simple fact that they didn’t show up well on the light box. I had to take a hypothetical guess as well as look at the original picture to get his eyes close to how they were in the original picture. I added some shading with a tortillion around the eye area and used a Blu Tack erasure to lift some of the markings in the lower, left corners of the eyes to illustrate some highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2839\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2839\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"394\" height=\"155\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Draw the Mouth</h2>\r\nI then started on the mouth. It needs to be said that drawing the lips of men and women are different. With women, you want to add pencil or color to both the upper and lower lip section. With men, color in the upper lip but DO NOT ADD COLOR TO THE LOWER LIP - PERIOD.\r\n\r\nWhat you want to do is add shading under the lower lip to show some form of the lower lip. Men’s lower lips are usually illustrated with the same skin tone that is in the surrounding mouth area. Usually there is a line to separate where the lip is and where the chin area is.\r\n\r\nDon’t believe me? Look at a cartoon with male characters in them and tell me what you see. The females have full lips that are red and the males always have a line to separate what is their lower lip and the chin area.\r\n\r\nIn the case of the lip here, I just used a tortillion. If I got enough graphite on my tortillion from a previous job, I’ll just smudge what’s on there to give it a faint or smudged look.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2840\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"253\" height=\"116\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Draw the Hair</h2>\r\nTime to do some hair! In this case, I added more dark tone to the hair onto the previous dark markings from the light box sketch. I usually use a 2H pencil first, coloring in the graphite followed by tissue blending and then adding dark tone.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2841\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2841\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIn this case, I added the dark tone followed by some smudging with the tortillion. I then colored the hair with a 2H pencil and then added hair streaks and strands by using a pencil erasure.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2842\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"515\" height=\"501\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Finish the Face and Final Details</h2>\r\nTo finish up the face, I just use a tortillion to smudge in some shade in the necessary areas. I had enough graphite on the tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2843\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-3.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"515\" height=\"667\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then added some shading to the uniform with an HB pencil in some areas, followed by shading and smudging with a tortillion.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-3000\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3000\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007-2\" width=\"501\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI finish up the drawing with darkening of the pants and some shading of the arms (yes, I pulled out the tortillion again). I didn’t work on the hands. I provide <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">a separate tutorial about that</span> and I’ll probably do more on that subject in the future.\r\n\r\nAnywho, there you go ladies and gentlemen, the drawing of Tom Brady at his finest……well maybe not at his finest, but you get the drift.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" rel=\"attachment wp-att-2999\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-2999\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/how-to-draw-tom-brady.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw tom brady\" width=\"461\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLove him or hate him, he’s in a better position than us, but it’s cool...we’re artists! Even when we’re 80 years old, we’ll still be drawing and painting. Can he still say the same about himself when he reaches that age?','How to Draw Tom Brady','','inherit','closed','closed','','2836-revision-v1','','','2016-05-18 20:14:13','2016-05-19 03:14:13','',2836,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2836-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3087,2,'2016-06-24 11:45:23','2016-06-24 18:45:23','','01 techniques light box','','inherit','open','closed','','01-techniques-light-box','','','2016-06-24 11:45:23','2016-06-24 18:45:23','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/01-techniques-light-box.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3088,2,'2016-06-24 11:45:25','2016-06-24 18:45:25','','02 techniques light box','','inherit','open','closed','','02-techniques-light-box','','','2016-06-24 11:45:25','2016-06-24 18:45:25','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/02-techniques-light-box.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3052,2,'2016-05-19 04:33:12','2016-05-19 11:33:12','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be an artist.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. You can also use carbon/graphite paper, projector, lines or free hand. Let’s look at some examples of using all these except the free hand.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots un-touched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks, you want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it at the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do is add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOk on this drawing, unfortunately, this was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass onto you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. T’would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learn that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contract to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the carbon/graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on causing un-necessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first, having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do extra, is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now; eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail.Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2744 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – lines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hair line. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate; you then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you got a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You got a choice here, you can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nI start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt. Again these drawings were a quick study on the different faces on how to sketch an image to a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists are not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away but hey, it’s not a secret, it’s a necessary tool that doesn’t get time in the spot light. Hopefully this article will help shed the light on some of the methods that we use and it’s not interpreted as “cheating.”','Refuse to Ever Use a Drawing Light Box and You Will Regret It','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-05-19 04:33:12','2016-05-19 11:33:12','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3059,2,'2016-06-19 18:14:55','2016-06-20 01:14:55','Drawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2885\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"1\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">proportions</span> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-214x300.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"214\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nRoughly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2887\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nIf you create an upside down triangle from the eyes down to the nose line, it will create about the right size for the nose. The mouth is about one-third the distance from the nose to the chin.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck, use a line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will latter rework in a darker shade.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2888\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/4-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of a man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the eye, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\r\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light. Also know that the pupil is not a perfect circle and the eye is not a perfect circle either. Instead draw an elliptical circle.\r\n\r\nThe nose can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts because it\'s easier to draw that way.\r\n\r\nFirst draw the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose, and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils, which can be broken up further into three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth, create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips. Try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically. Instead, use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n\r\nDrawing the Hand\r\n\r\n*****The hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2889\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/5-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nhis hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\nDrawing the Beard\r\n\r\nfirst draw the face fully as if he had no beard, use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be these lines will latter disappear as you add details of the hair. Man tend to have square like faces although draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines the body is mostly circular.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair draw lightly creating a idea of the shape of his beard. To draw hair use a sketchy technique in different direction, keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard just like any round shape beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFace hair grows different for each guys some times you have small bold sports creating a difference of shape pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase, creating light spots in areas where it is needed. You may need to switch between drawing, [delete and] shading, and erasing several times before you get the look you are looking [I would change looking to aiming just so you aren’t using a variation of the same word so close to each other in the same sentence] for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too grey looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n\r\nWhy does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2890\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\nLike this man in the picture, placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea. What concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin.\r\nyou look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodan, why is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when they are bored or perhaps thinning to scratch their face. If one has a beard then it give you more of a reaching to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards, is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art , thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-19 18:14:55','2016-06-20 01:14:55','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3409,2,'2016-09-18 17:20:13','2016-09-19 00:20:13','Alright guys, you know the deal. For some reason I’m back again. Well if you think about it, there’s no way I could just do <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/draw-an-eye-with-colored-pencils/\">a tutorial on colored pencil for the eyes</a> and just leave it at that. Couldn’t leave you guys feening for more, so I had to come back to do more facial features with the color pencil despite my scanner having other plans – yes people, it still wants to rebel against my color pencil tutorials but I think I found a way to get around it so break out your color pencils (except the Sargent brand color pencils) and let’s get started.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2940 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"262\" height=\"98\" />\r\n\r\nToday we will be focusing on the nose. This will be a quick tutorial; there’s not much to say about it except that it’s that big bump in the middle of your face that could make you look nice or ugly. I’m not going to get into all that; this all about how to draw that ugly thing in the middle of your face. As you can see, I do a very basic drawing of one large curve that is aimed downward accompanied by smaller curves that are above the bigger curve. This is the same technique I use to show any student who wants to learn how to draw the face. The nose can be the most challenging because the angle of the face/head will affect the shadow and tone on the nose and therefore change the look and arrangement of it.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2941 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"266\" height=\"206\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere I actually take a tortillion and add some darkness to the nostrils. I do not need to add black; the graphite on the tortillion is believable enough. Usually when dealing with black on a color pencil piece, I have a choice of using the graphite in the pencil or a black color pencil. It really doesn’t matter, it just depends how I feel that day. I also add curves that will serve as edges of the nose and take away some of the bulb end of the nose with a Blu Tack eraser. I also smudge the edges to illustrate some shadow. I want it to be as realistic as I can get it so I get rid of the hard lines and soften them.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2942 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/IMG_0210-271x300.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0210\" width=\"271\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nOK here is when I experienced the scanner wanting to do its own thing and my work was set back some but as I did in the tutorial of the eye, I just used my camera to get the picture. I’m really not sure which one I used for this picture but the important thing is it got done one way or the other. Here I started using Prismacolor dark brown – the intention was to make it an African-American nose, but it’s going to end up being some alien purple creature nose.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2943 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"246\" height=\"278\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">As the picture illustrates, you want to add some markings in the middle of the nose but only to one side to show light reflection or lighter skin tone to the other side. Also, round out the bulb of the nose by rounding out the color near the edge of the nose but leaving some room for light reflection. Add the same skin tone to the wings of the nostrils and leave some light separations between the nostril wings and the bulb of the nose. </span><span style=\"color: #000000; font-family: Calibri;\">Deepen the color on the nose some and you’re practically finished.</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-2944 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-1.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"246\" height=\"278\" />This is optional. As I said in the eye tutorial, I do this part when I want to smooth out an art piece that was done in color pencil, crayon, or chalk. Again here you want to load the image onto your computer and use the painting program that you have loaded on it. In this case, I have PaintShop Pro and I use the smoothing brush. It’s not perfect but it makes it look better and smoother.\r\n\r\nWant to try another? Let’s go for it!\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2945 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-1-255x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"255\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis is one is a must but a simple one. We’re going to draw the nose from a different angle – sideways, simple and easy. Look and follow what the illustration shows. Use a tortillion to add some darkness to the nostril and use it again to shade in a curve that will show the winged part of the nostril.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2946 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-1-253x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"253\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nHere I started adding some dark brown to the underside of the nose and some peach beige to the rest of the nose even though you can’t see it that well – yes people, my scanner was in its rebel stage again.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2947 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />Here I just deepen and blend the color some so that it was more believable.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2948 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nLast stage, I smoothed it out on the computer and it’s somewhat complete. It would look more believable if a face was added to it but one thing at a time. One must crawl before one can walk.','Drawing the Nose in Colored Pencil','','inherit','closed','closed','','2939-revision-v1','','','2016-09-18 17:20:13','2016-09-19 00:20:13','',2939,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2939-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3055,2,'2016-06-20 08:10:19','2016-06-20 15:10:19','The first part of this article takes you through the process of drawing a man with a beard. As you can see, this subject also happens to have his hand on his chin, as if he is having a thought.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_2621\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"800\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard-reference.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-2621\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard-reference.jpg\" alt=\" © Vadymvdrobot | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"800\" height=\"533\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vadymvdrobot_info\">Vadymvdrobot</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\n\nThe second part of this article explores the significance of this placement, describing how a hand on a chin and a beard adds thought and meaning to a piece such as this.\n<h2>Drawing the Subject</h2>\nDrawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/01-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3068\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/01-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"01 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<h3>Drawing the Face</h3>\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-faces-tips-techniques-and-short-tutorials/\">proportions</a> and also techniques like measuring.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/02-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3063\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/02-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"02 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"428\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\n\nRoughly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/03-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3067\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/03-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"03 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nIf you create an upside down triangle from the eyes down to the nose line, it will create about the right size for the nose. The mouth is about one-third the distance from the nose to the chin.\n\nWhen drawing the neck, use a line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\n\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will later rework in a darker shade.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/04-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3065\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/04-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"04 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nNow that you have a basic drawing of the man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\n\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\n\nWhen <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-an-eye-realistically-part-1-of-4/\">drawing the eye</a>, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/tutorial-for-drawing-a-nose/\">The nose</a> can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts because it\'s easier to draw that way.\n\nFirst draw the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose, and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils, which can be broken up further into three parts.\n\nWhen drawing the mouth, create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips. Try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically. Instead, use several small curves to create the shape.\n<h3>Drawing the Hand</h3>\nThe hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand, so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large his hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/05-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3066\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/05-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"05 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<h3>Drawing the Beard</h3>\nFirst, draw the face fully as if he had no beard. Use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be. These lines will later disappear as you add details for the hair. Men tend to have square-like faces. Still, you should draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines since the body is mostly curved.\n\nWhen drawing the hair for the beard, draw lightly to begin with to create an idea of the shape of his beard. To draw the actual hair, use a sketchy technique in different directions. Keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\n\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard. Just like any round shape, beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\n\nFacial hair grows differently for different guys. Pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\n\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase to create light spots in areas where they are needed. You may need to switch between drawing and shading, erasing several times before you get the look you are aiming for.\n\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too gray-looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\n<h2>Why does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?</h2>\n&nbsp;\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3064\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\n\nFor instance, take this man in the picture placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea.\n\nWhat concept are you trying to convey?\n\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin. You look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodin...\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/The_Thinker_Auguste_Rodin.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3069\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/The_Thinker_Auguste_Rodin-201x300.jpg\" alt=\"The_Thinker,_Auguste_Rodin\" width=\"402\" height=\"600\" /></a>\n\nWhy is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\n\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\n\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when he is bored or perhaps thinking to scratch his face. If one has a beard, then it give you more of a reason to place your hand there.\n\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards. Is this connected or just happenstance?\n\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art, thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-autosave-v1','','','2016-06-20 08:10:19','2016-06-20 15:10:19','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3056,2,'2016-06-18 11:00:15','2016-06-18 18:00:15','Drawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2885\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"1\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">proportions</span> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-214x300.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"214\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nDraw a line lightly thought both eyes evenly halve way between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2887\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nIf you create a up side down triangle from the eyes down halve way between the eyes and the nose line will create about the right size for the nose. Halve way between the nose and the chin is the mouth.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck its use a straight line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will latter re work in a darker shade\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n.                                                                              <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2888\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/4-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of a man its time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person consider expression pose personality and characteristics.\r\n\r\nDrawing the eye pay attention to small details, small details will help give your drawing more realistic look.\r\nFor example when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light. Also know that the pupil is not a perfect circle and the eye is not a perfect circle either instead draw a ellipsoid circle.\r\n\r\nThe nose can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts it because easier to draw.\r\nFirst the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils which can be broken up further in to three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically, instead use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n\r\nDrawing the hand the hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2889\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/5-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nhis hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\nDrawing the beard, first draw the face fully as if he had no beard, use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be these lines will latter disappear as you add details of the hair. Man tend to have square like faces although draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines the body is mostly circular.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair draw lightly creating a idea of the shape of his beard. To draw hair use a sketchy technique in different direction, keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard just like any round shape beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFace hair grows different for each guys some times you have small bold sports creating a difference of shape pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase, creating light spots in areas where it is needed. You may need to switch between drawing, [delete and] shading, and erasing several times before you get the look you are looking [I would change looking to aiming just so you aren’t using a variation of the same word so close to each other in the same sentence] for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too grey looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n\r\nWhy does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2890\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\nLike this man in the picture, placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea. What concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin.\r\nyou look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodan, why is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when they are bored or perhaps thinning to scratch their face. If one has a beard then it give you more of a reaching to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards, is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art , thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-18 11:00:15','2016-06-18 18:00:15','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3058,2,'2016-06-19 17:30:03','2016-06-20 00:30:03','Drawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2885\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"1\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">proportions</span> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-214x300.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"214\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nRoughly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2887\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nIf you create an upside down triangle from the eyes down halve way between the eyes and the nose line will create about the right size for the nose. Halve way between the nose and the chin is the mouth.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck its use a straight line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will latter re work in a darker shade\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n.                                                                              <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2888\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/4-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of a man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the eye, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\r\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light. Also know that the pupil is not a perfect circle and the eye is not a perfect circle either. Instead draw an elliptical circle.\r\n\r\nThe nose can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts it because easier to draw.\r\nFirst the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils which can be broken up further in to three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically, instead use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n\r\nDrawing the hand the hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2889\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/5-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nhis hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\nDrawing the beard, first draw the face fully as if he had no beard, use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be these lines will latter disappear as you add details of the hair. Man tend to have square like faces although draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines the body is mostly circular.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair draw lightly creating a idea of the shape of his beard. To draw hair use a sketchy technique in different direction, keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard just like any round shape beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFace hair grows different for each guys some times you have small bold sports creating a difference of shape pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase, creating light spots in areas where it is needed. You may need to switch between drawing, [delete and] shading, and erasing several times before you get the look you are looking [I would change looking to aiming just so you aren’t using a variation of the same word so close to each other in the same sentence] for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too grey looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n\r\nWhy does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2890\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\nLike this man in the picture, placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea. What concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin.\r\nyou look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodan, why is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when they are bored or perhaps thinning to scratch their face. If one has a beard then it give you more of a reaching to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards, is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art , thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-19 17:30:03','2016-06-20 00:30:03','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3057,2,'2016-06-18 22:35:41','2016-06-19 05:35:41','Drawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2885\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"1\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">proportions</span> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-214x300.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"214\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nDraw a line lightly through both eyes evenly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2887\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nIf you create a up side down triangle from the eyes down halve way between the eyes and the nose line will create about the right size for the nose. Halve way between the nose and the chin is the mouth.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck its use a straight line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will latter re work in a darker shade\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n.                                                                              <img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2888\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/4-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of a man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the eye, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\r\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light. Also know that the pupil is not a perfect circle and the eye is not a perfect circle either. Instead draw an elliptical circle.\r\n\r\nThe nose can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts it because easier to draw.\r\nFirst the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils which can be broken up further in to three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically, instead use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n\r\nDrawing the hand the hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2889\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/5-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nhis hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\nDrawing the beard, first draw the face fully as if he had no beard, use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be these lines will latter disappear as you add details of the hair. Man tend to have square like faces although draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines the body is mostly circular.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair draw lightly creating a idea of the shape of his beard. To draw hair use a sketchy technique in different direction, keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard just like any round shape beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFace hair grows different for each guys some times you have small bold sports creating a difference of shape pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase, creating light spots in areas where it is needed. You may need to switch between drawing, [delete and] shading, and erasing several times before you get the look you are looking [I would change looking to aiming just so you aren’t using a variation of the same word so close to each other in the same sentence] for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too grey looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n\r\nWhy does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2890\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\nLike this man in the picture, placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea. What concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin.\r\nyou look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodan, why is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when they are bored or perhaps thinning to scratch their face. If one has a beard then it give you more of a reaching to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards, is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art , thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-18 22:35:41','2016-06-19 05:35:41','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3062,2,'2016-06-20 07:19:41','2016-06-20 14:19:41','The first part of this article takes you through the process of drawing a man with a beard. As you can see, this subject also happens to have his hand on his chin, as if he is having a thought.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe second part of this article explores the significance of this placement, describing how a hand on a chin and a beard adds thought and meaning to a piece such as this.\r\n<h2>Drawing the Subject</h2>\r\nDrawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2885\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"1\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n<h3>Drawing the Face</h3>\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">proportions</span> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-214x300.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"214\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nRoughly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2887\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nIf you create an upside down triangle from the eyes down to the nose line, it will create about the right size for the nose. The mouth is about one-third the distance from the nose to the chin.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck, use a line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will later rework in a darker shade.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2888\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/4-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of the man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the eye, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\r\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light.\r\n\r\nThe nose can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts because it\'s easier to draw that way.\r\n\r\nFirst draw the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose, and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils, which can be broken up further into three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth, create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips. Try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically. Instead, use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n<h3>Drawing the Hand</h3>\r\nThe hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand, so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large his hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2889\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/5-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n<h3>Drawing the Beard</h3>\r\nFirst, draw the face fully as if he had no beard. Use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be. These lines will later disappear as you add details for the hair. Men tend to have square-like faces. Still, you should draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines since the body is mostly curved.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair for the beard, draw lightly to begin with to create an idea of the shape of his beard. To draw the actual hair, use a sketchy technique in different directions. Keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard. Just like any round shape, beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFacial hair grows differently for different guys. Pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase to create light spots in areas where they are needed. You may need to switch between drawing and shading, erasing several times before you get the look you are aiming for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too gray-looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n<h2>Why does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?</h2>\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2890\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\n\r\nFor instance, take this man in the picture placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea.\r\n\r\nWhat concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin. You look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodan...why is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\n\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when he is bored or perhaps thinking to scratch his face. If one has a beard, then it give you more of a reason to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards. Is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art, thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 07:19:41','2016-06-20 14:19:41','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3061,2,'2016-06-20 06:58:06','2016-06-20 13:58:06','The first part of this article takes you through the process of drawing a man with a beard. As you can see, this subject also happens to have his hand on his chin, as if he is having a thought.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe second part of this article explores the significance of this placement, describing how a hand on a chin and a beard adds thought and meaning to a piece such as this.\r\n<h2>Drawing the Subject</h2>\r\nDrawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2885\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/1-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"1\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">proportions</span> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/2-214x300.jpg\" alt=\"2\" width=\"214\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nRoughly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2887\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/3-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"3\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nIf you create an upside down triangle from the eyes down to the nose line, it will create about the right size for the nose. The mouth is about one-third the distance from the nose to the chin.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck, use a line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will latter rework in a darker shade.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2888\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/4-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"4\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of a man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the eye, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\r\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light. Also know that the pupil is not a perfect circle and the eye is not a perfect circle either. Instead draw an elliptical circle.\r\n\r\nThe nose can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts because it\'s easier to draw that way.\r\n\r\nFirst draw the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose, and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils, which can be broken up further into three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth, create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips. Try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically. Instead, use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n<h3>Drawing the Hand</h3>\r\nThe hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand, so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large his hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2889\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/5-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"5\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n<h3>Drawing the Beard</h3>\r\nFirst, draw the face fully as if he had no beard. Use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be. These lines will later disappear as you add details for the hair. Men tend to have square-like faces. Still, you should draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines since the body is mostly curved.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair for the beard, draw lightly to begin with to create an idea of the shape of his beard. To draw the actual hair, use a sketchy technique in different directions. Keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard. Just like any round shape, beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFacial hair grows differently for different guys. Pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase to create light spots in areas where they are needed. You may need to switch between drawing and shading, erasing several times before you get the look you are aiming for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too gray-looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n<h2>Why does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?</h2>\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2890\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/6-180x300.jpg\" alt=\"6\" width=\"180\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\n\r\nFor instance, take this man in the picture, placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea.\r\n\r\nWhat concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin. You look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodan...why is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\n\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when he is bored or perhaps thinning to scratch his face. If one has a beard, then it give you more of a reason to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards. Is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art, thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 06:58:06','2016-06-20 13:58:06','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3067,2,'2016-06-20 07:56:45','2016-06-20 14:56:45','','03 drawing of a man with a beard','','inherit','open','closed','','03-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard','','','2016-06-20 07:56:45','2016-06-20 14:56:45','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/03-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3068,2,'2016-06-20 07:56:47','2016-06-20 14:56:47','','01 drawing of a man with a beard','','inherit','open','closed','','01-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard','','','2016-06-20 07:56:47','2016-06-20 14:56:47','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/01-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3069,2,'2016-06-20 08:06:12','2016-06-20 15:06:12','','The_Thinker,_Auguste_Rodin','','inherit','open','closed','','the_thinker_auguste_rodin','','','2016-06-20 08:06:12','2016-06-20 15:06:12','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/The_Thinker_Auguste_Rodin.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3070,2,'2016-06-20 08:11:45','2016-06-20 15:11:45','The first part of this article takes you through the process of drawing a man with a beard. As you can see, this subject also happens to have his hand on his chin, as if he is having a thought.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2621\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"800\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard-reference.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-2621\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard-reference.jpg\" alt=\" © Vadymvdrobot | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"800\" height=\"533\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vadymvdrobot_info\">Vadymvdrobot</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\nThe second part of this article explores the significance of this placement, describing how a hand on a chin and a beard adds thought and meaning to a piece such as this.\r\n<h2>Drawing the Subject</h2>\r\nDrawing the face can be difficult, so I like to break down the face into several parts and think of each part as separate in order to create the whole.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/01-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3068\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/01-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"01 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>Drawing the Face</h3>\r\nStart by roughly sketching the face. If you cut the head horizontally in half, then the eyes are above that line. When drawing the eyes, space them apart from one another about one eye apart and about a half-eye shape from the side of the face. It helps to draw lightly so you can later fix marks or guidelines that you use. When drawing a face, it helps to remember some <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-faces-tips-techniques-and-short-tutorials/\">proportions</a> and also techniques like measuring.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/02-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3063\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/02-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"02 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"428\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the ears, consider that the top of the ears are about level with the eye and the bottom of the ears are about level with the mouth. Remember to include a lot of detail when drawing the ears to give a more realistic look.\r\n\r\nRoughly halfway between the chin and the eye line is about where the nose should be.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/03-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3067\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/03-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"03 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIf you create an upside down triangle from the eyes down to the nose line, it will create about the right size for the nose. The mouth is about one-third the distance from the nose to the chin.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the neck, use a line dropping from the ears and remember to curve the neck slightly.\r\n\r\nFinish drawing in light details like the mouth and start working on light shading on areas that you will later rework in a darker shade.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/04-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3065\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/04-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"04 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNow that you have a basic drawing of the man, it\'s time to start working the details. Start by shading large areas a light tone that are to give the drawing more of a 3d effect.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a person, consider expression, pose, personality, and characteristics.\r\n\r\nWhen <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-an-eye-realistically-part-1-of-4/\">drawing the eye</a>, pay attention to small details. Small details will help give your drawing a more realistic look.\r\nFor example, when drawing the iris, know that eyes are reflective and that there is always a bright spot of the eye where the eyes are reflecting light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/tutorial-for-drawing-a-nose/\">The nose</a> can be difficult to draw but you can look at the nose as 3 or more different parts because it\'s easier to draw that way.\r\n\r\nFirst draw the bridge of the nose near the eyes, then the body of the nose, and finally the bottom of the nose near the nostrils, which can be broken up further into three parts.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the mouth, create a basic shape of the mouth then add small details like the roundness of the lips. Try not to draw the mouth as a single curved line if you want to draw realistically. Instead, use several small curves to create the shape.\r\n<h3>Drawing the Hand</h3>\r\nThe hand is about the size of the face, although in this picture you can’t see his whole hand, so it may be better to use measuring in order to figure out how large his hand is compared to his face. Use a shape in the photos and a fixed measuring object like an eraser or pencil and keep on using the same measuring object.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/05-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3066\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/05-drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"05 drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>Drawing the Beard</h3>\r\nFirst, draw the face fully as if he had no beard. Use the structure of his face to figure out where his chin would be. These lines will later disappear as you add details for the hair. Men tend to have square-like faces. Still, you should draw the shape with curved lines and not straight lines since the body is mostly curved.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing the hair for the beard, draw lightly to begin with to create an idea of the shape of his beard. To draw the actual hair, use a sketchy technique in different directions. Keep in mind where his hair is and where it is going.\r\n\r\nNow start to create the darker areas of his beard. Just like any round shape, beards are darker near the edge of the face and lighter on the surface of the face.\r\n\r\nFacial hair grows differently for different guys. Pay attention to how the hair is growing and where.\r\n\r\nOnce you draw the hair and shade the hair in, use an eraser and lightly erase to create light spots in areas where they are needed. You may need to switch between drawing and shading, erasing several times before you get the look you are aiming for.\r\n\r\nRemember to draw lightly so that the face does not become too gray-looking. If you are doing this on paper, it becomes hard to erase after several times of using a technique like this.\r\n<h2>Why does this drawing of a man look like he is thinking?</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3064\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/drawing-of-a-man-with-a-beard.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of a man with a beard\" width=\"360\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nConsider when drawing a pose, why are you using the pose and why do you like the pose?\r\n\r\nFor instance, take this man in the picture placing his hand on his chin. When you consider body language, a simple pose or action can tell the viewer an idea.\r\n\r\nWhat concept are you trying to convey?\r\n\r\nIn this picture, the man’s expression and gesture gives the impression that he is thinking because one of the common mannerisms that people tend to have when thinking is having their hand near or on their chin. You look at “The Thinker” sculpted by Rodin...\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/The_Thinker_Auguste_Rodin.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3069\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/The_Thinker_Auguste_Rodin-201x300.jpg\" alt=\"The_Thinker,_Auguste_Rodin\" width=\"402\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhy is he posed in such a way with his hand on his chin? Because the way he is holding his face conveys the idea of thought.\r\n\r\nWhy is this pose so compelling and why does the beard accent the idea?\r\n\r\nThe beard helps create the effect even more because it’s easy for a guy when he is bored or perhaps thinking to scratch his face. If one has a beard, then it give you more of a reason to place your hand there.\r\n\r\nA lot of great thinkers in the past all had long beards. Is this connected or just happenstance?\r\n\r\nThe idea is in art. We have concept and you can even have theory, but above all, you have emotions and feeling. So if you feel there is a certain meaning behind something, that is all you need. Thought can give more to an art piece than technique and/or skill level. If you consider abstract art, thought becomes more important than the skill.','This Drawing of a Man Shows Beards Are Made for Thinking','','inherit','closed','closed','','2884-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 08:11:45','2016-06-20 15:11:45','',2884,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2884-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3071,2,'2016-06-20 08:36:13','2016-06-20 15:36:13','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be an artist.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. You can also use carbon/graphite paper, a projector, lines, or free-hand. Let’s look at some examples of using all these except the free-hand.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. It would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper ***** and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the carbon/graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on causing un-necessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first, having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do extra, is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now; eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail.Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2744 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – lines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hair line. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate; you then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you got a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You got a choice here, you can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nI start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt. Again these drawings were a quick study on the different faces on how to sketch an image to a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists are not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away but hey, it’s not a secret, it’s a necessary tool that doesn’t get time in the spot light. Hopefully this article will help shed the light on some of the methods that we use and it’s not interpreted as “cheating.”','Refuse to Ever Use a Drawing Light Box and You Will Regret It','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 08:36:13','2016-06-20 15:36:13','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3072,2,'2016-06-20 11:57:05','2016-06-20 18:57:05','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be an artist.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. You can also use carbon/graphite paper, a projector, lines, or free-hand. Let’s look at some examples of using all these except the free-hand.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. It would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the carbon/graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on, causing unnecessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now: eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail. Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft wp-image-2744 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – lines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hairline. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see-through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate. You then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only on what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will be a bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you have a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You have a choice here. You can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n*****I start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt. Again these drawings were a quick study on the different faces on how to sketch an image to a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists are not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away but hey, it’s not a secret, it’s a necessary tool that doesn’t get time in the spot light. Hopefully this article will help shed the light on some of the methods that we use and it’s not interpreted as “cheating.”','Refuse to Ever Use a Drawing Light Box and You Will Regret It','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 11:57:05','2016-06-20 18:57:05','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3073,2,'2016-06-20 13:05:21','2016-06-20 20:05:21','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a shortcut, such as a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be an artist.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out than you can accomplish by just drawing freehand. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. Rather than drawing by traditional freehand, you can also use carbon/graphite paper, a projector, or guidelines. Let’s look at some examples of drawing subjects using all of these techniques.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. It would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the carbon/graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on, causing unnecessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now: eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail. Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft wp-image-2744 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – lines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hairline. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see-through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate. You then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only on what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will be a bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you have a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You have a choice here. You can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n*****I start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt.\r\n\r\nAgain, we used these drawings of different faces as a quick study on how to use shortcut techniques to sketch an image onto a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists is not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away; but hey, it’s not a secret. These are necessary tools and tricks that don\'t get time in the spotlight. Hopefully this article will help shed light on some of the methods that we use, and hopefully those methods are not interpreted as “cheating.”','Four Drawing Shortcut Techniques You Will Not Regret Using','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 13:05:21','2016-06-20 20:05:21','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3074,2,'2016-06-20 13:12:21','2016-06-20 20:12:21','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a shortcut, such as a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be a serious artist of realistic work.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out than you can accomplish by just drawing freehand. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. Rather than drawing by traditional freehand, you can also use carbon/graphite paper, a projector, or guidelines. Let’s look at some examples of drawing subjects using each of these techniques.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. It would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the carbon/graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on, causing unnecessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now: eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail. Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft wp-image-2744 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – lines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hairline. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see-through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate. You then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only on what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will be a bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you have a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You have a choice here. You can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n*****I start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt.\r\n\r\nAgain, we used these drawings of different faces as a quick study on how to use shortcut techniques to sketch an image onto a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists is not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away; but hey, it’s not a secret. These are necessary tools and tricks that don\'t get time in the spotlight. Hopefully this article will help shed light on some of the methods that we use, and hopefully those methods are not interpreted as “cheating.”','Four Drawing Shortcut Techniques You Will Not Regret Using','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 13:12:21','2016-06-20 20:12:21','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3075,2,'2016-06-20 13:18:52','2016-06-20 20:18:52','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a shortcut, such as a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be a serious artist of realistic work.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out than you can accomplish by just drawing freehand. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. Rather than drawing by traditional freehand, you can also use carbon/graphite paper, a projector, or guidelines. Let’s look at some examples of drawing subjects using each of these techniques.\r\n<h2>1. Light Box</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n<h2>2. Projector</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. It would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the carbon/graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on, causing unnecessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now: eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail. Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft wp-image-2744 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – lines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hairline. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see-through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate. You then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only on what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will be a bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you have a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You have a choice here. You can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n*****I start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt.\r\n\r\nAgain, we used these drawings of different faces as a quick study on how to use shortcut techniques to sketch an image onto a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists is not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away; but hey, it’s not a secret. These are necessary tools and tricks that don\'t get time in the spotlight. Hopefully this article will help shed light on some of the methods that we use, and hopefully those methods are not interpreted as “cheating.”','Four Drawing Shortcut Techniques You Will Not Regret Using','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 13:18:52','2016-06-20 20:18:52','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3076,2,'2016-06-20 13:45:36','2016-06-20 20:45:36','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a shortcut, such as a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be a serious artist of realistic work.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out than you can accomplish by just drawing freehand. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. Rather than drawing by traditional freehand, you can also use graphite paper, a projector, or guidelines. Let’s look at some examples of drawing subjects using each of these techniques.\r\n<h2>1. Light Box</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then start work on the hair by using a HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n<h2>2. Projector</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used. I learn a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the picture that you are doing it on is to be on a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around plus you run the risk in bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point. It would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n<h2>3. Graphite Paper</h2>\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on, causing unnecessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now: eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail. Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n<h2>4. Guidelines</h2>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft wp-image-2744 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – guidelines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hairline. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see-through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate. You then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only on what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will be a bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you have a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You have a choice here. You can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nI start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt.\r\n<h2>Now that the secret is out...</h2>\r\nAgain, we used these drawings of different faces as a quick study on how to use shortcut techniques to sketch an image onto a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists is not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away; but hey, it’s not a secret. These are necessary tools and tricks that don\'t get time in the spotlight. Hopefully this article will help shed light on some of the methods that we use, and hopefully those methods are not interpreted as “cheating.”','Four Drawing Shortcut Techniques You Will Not Regret Using','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-20 13:45:36','2016-06-20 20:45:36','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3078,2,'2016-06-22 12:00:11','2016-06-22 19:00:11','What I’m about to share with you is a risk for me. I’m risking mobs of angry artists coming and burning down my house and crucifying me upside down. I will be sharing a secret that many artists use that make us look like we can do the outline of a drawing without any type of help. It can be said that most of us don’t need help drawing, but if you constantly do figures like I do, you want to be anatomically correct. The secret I’m talking about is using a shortcut, such as a light box or any of the other items that will be discussed in this article.\r\n\r\nThe first question that forms in your head is: “Doesn’t using a light box constitute a form of cheating? You’re not a real artist if you use one.” Let me answer that question with a question. Can a garbage man do his job without a truck? Can a doctor operate on you without medical tools? Can a dentist take care of your teeth without the proper tools? I think you know the answer to these questions. Anyone that says you’re not a real artist with a light box is sadly misinformed. A light box is a NECESSARY TOOL if you want to be a serious artist of realistic work.\r\n\r\nA great pro for the light box is that it saves you time. If you are like me, you need a light box to help cut down your outline drawing time, and in essence, get more art pieces cranked out than you can accomplish by just drawing freehand. It also helps with accuracy with the figures and items that will be in your picture. The light box isn’t just the only item you can use. Rather than drawing by traditional freehand, you can also use a projector, graphite paper, or guidelines. Let’s look at some examples of drawing subjects using each of these techniques.\r\n<h2>1. Light Box</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2733\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-1-270x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"270\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2734 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-1-300x290.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"290\" />\r\n\r\nOK so the first example here was done using a light box. The light box is used to trace the outside edges of the subject and other items that will be in the picture. Again, this technique is to help shave down time in drawing the contour outline. Here I quickly did the eyes by smudging them with a tortillion and lips by darkening them a little with a 3B pencil and then smudging it with the tortillion as well. I then started working on the hair by using an HB pencil and leaving some spots untouched to later illustrate light reflecting off the hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2735 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-1-300x236.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"236\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI then smudge the pencil mark that’s in the hair followed by dark pencil marks that will portray hair strands. As always, do not smudge these marks. You want to show some hair detail and you cannot if these are smudged. I have also started adding some tortillion smudge to the face. It’s not much but I’m not worried about it for the time being. I have time to go back and add more later.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2736 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-1-169x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"169\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nAs you can see, I’ve started on her outfit. Nothing special here; I used a 3B pencil and shaded/smudged the black with a tortillion. I then used the same tortillion to add some shade and coloring to her sports bra.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2737 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-1-152x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"152\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing I needed to do was add some detail to the skin and arms by using a tortillion again. I went back to the head again and just added some shading to the forehead to illustrate some realism.\r\n<h2>2. Projector</h2>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2738 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-1-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" />\r\n\r\nOK, unfortunately this drawing was a fail project. I was supposed to illustrate the second item you can use to draw the outline of a figure but I ended up using a light box to quickly get it done. With this picture, the projector was supposed to be used.\r\n\r\nI learned a valuable lesson that I will pass on to you guys. When using the projector, you need to make sure that the paper you are drawing on is a BIG piece of paper – 18x24 preferable. If you do it on something small, you will have to bring the projector closer to the paper and that’s bad business. You will not have any room to move around, plus you run the risk of bumping into the projector and knocking the tracing off point.\r\n\r\nIt would be best that you use a bigger piece of paper and not like what I did when getting ready for this article. Glad though I found out so I could give you guys a no-no pointer.\r\n<h2>3. Graphite Paper</h2>\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2739 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0007-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nNow this next technique is what I used when I first started drawing. I kept my method a secret from everyone in fear of being exposed but now, who cares right? I’ve learned that many people don’t care what technique you use, in contrast to the actual concept of the art piece and the medium used. I don’t think I remember how this technique was presented to me except that I was in Michael’s and I saw graphite tracing paper and I put two and two together. To me that was heaven sent; I needed something that would cut my outline, drawing time down and here it was! The only bad thing about using graphite tracing paper is that it’s messy. You’ll get some of the graphite onto your fingers and on the paper that you’re tracing on, causing unnecessary erasing.\r\n\r\nYou start by first having the sheet of paper that you will be drawing on followed by the graphite paper then the picture on top that you’ll be copying. Another thing you might want to do is tape the original picture to the paper that will be the copy and casually slip the graphite paper in between the sheets of paper and trace.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2740 alignleft\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0008-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2741 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0009-1-229x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0009\" width=\"229\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou guys know my routine by now: eyes, lips, and eyebrows. With the eyes, don’t forget to add some highlight for the pupil and iris and add some shading to the upper part of the eye to show a little bit of shadow. Smudge the eye lid crease and the eyebrow adding some hair to illustrate random detail. Hair is pretty simple here. Color it fully using a 3H or 2H pencil.Take some tissue and blend/smudge over the whole pencil marking. Once you’ve done that, go back with a darker pencil and add strands to the head to portray different tones. The pencil strokes will be the darker part of her hair.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2742\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-1-239x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"239\" height=\"300\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2743 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-1-206x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"206\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last things we will do is first add tone to her shirt with some blending. After that, we will take a tortillion and add shading on the face and neck where necessary.\r\n<h2>4. Guidelines</h2>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft wp-image-2744 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0012-1-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0012\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2745 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0013-1-300x280.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"280\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last technique we will look at is one that I don’t care for – guidelines. In some cases, measuring is involved. You need the right distances between the eyes, noses, mouth, and hairline. You may need to get the proper measurements off the original picture and then add or take away inches and centimeters depending on the size of paper that you will be working on.You can also use a see-through grid that already has grids and lines placed on the plate. You then just put it on top of the picture and then mimic what you see onto your sheet of paper. You want to break up the grids into individual sections and focus only on what is in one grid at a time. The same goes with the regular lines. They will be a bit more of a challenge because you won’t have a small section to draw in. The lines in this case serve as guide lines in drawing down the basics.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2746 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0014-300x105.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"105\" />\r\n\r\nOnce you have the basics down, attack the eyes first. As always, don’t forget the highlight in the eye and the upper shading in the eye. If you have a second, go ahead and smudge the eyelid crease and the eyebrow some so as not to forget like I have in the past.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2747 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0015-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" />\r\n\r\nYou got my pattern down yet? Eyes, mouth, and hair. In this state, you knew the mouth and lips were coming. You have a choice here. You can draw some lines on the lower lips to implement shading or you can just begin smudging with a tortillion. In this case, I smudged it with a tortillion, both top and bottom. I also used a little bit of a dark pencil (7B) and tortillion to shade and smudge the inside of the mouth and the small space between the teeth and gums.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2748 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0016-300x294.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0016\" width=\"300\" height=\"294\" />\r\n\r\nThe hair is easy in this situation. She’s a blonde so I will use a 5H pencil to color the hair and fill in certain areas where it’s darker. I will then smudge the entire area will tissue – it serves the same purpose as a tortillion would but it spreads the graphite wider. The last thing I will do is use a pencil eraser to add in highlights. I find this easier to use than a kneaded eraser – I don’t have to worry about re-shaping the eraser or it giving way to the pressure of erasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2749 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0017-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0017\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nI start now on adding some shading to the face (using tortillion after the aftermath), some shading scribble to her shirt, and adding dark tone to her secondary tank top underneath.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2750 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0018-215x300.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0018\" width=\"215\" height=\"300\" />\r\n\r\nThe last thing to work on is to smudge and blend areas in her face and arm, and in her shirt.\r\n<h2>Now that the secret is out...</h2>\r\nAgain, we used these drawings of different faces as a quick study on how to use shortcut techniques to sketch an image onto a sheet of paper from its original picture. I’m pretty sure a mob of angry artists is not going to be too happy thinking I’ve given their secret away; but hey, it’s not a secret. These are necessary tools and tricks that don\'t get time in the spotlight. Hopefully this article will help shed light on some of the methods that we use, and hopefully those methods are not interpreted as “cheating.”','Four Drawing Shortcut Techniques You Will Not Regret Using','','inherit','closed','closed','','2732-revision-v1','','','2016-06-22 12:00:11','2016-06-22 19:00:11','',2732,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),